WO2023220935A1 - Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023220935A1
WO2023220935A1 PCT/CN2022/093396 CN2022093396W WO2023220935A1 WO 2023220935 A1 WO2023220935 A1 WO 2023220935A1 CN 2022093396 W CN2022093396 W CN 2022093396W WO 2023220935 A1 WO2023220935 A1 WO 2023220935A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
mode
user
aforementioned
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/093396
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郑云文
罗俊
李海林
尚瑜
李江琪
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/093396 priority Critical patent/WO2023220935A1/en
Publication of WO2023220935A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023220935A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/31User authentication
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/45Structures or tools for the administration of authentication
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07CTIME OR ATTENDANCE REGISTERS; REGISTERING OR INDICATING THE WORKING OF MACHINES; GENERATING RANDOM NUMBERS; VOTING OR LOTTERY APPARATUS; ARRANGEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS FOR CHECKING NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • G07C9/00Individual registration on entry or exit

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of smart car technology, and in particular to a vehicle access authority control method and related devices.
  • a smart car can be regarded as a computer-centered mobile terminal computing device. Smart cars are similar to mobile smart terminals. They can have multiple user roles and process personal data of various roles. For example, taking a family car as an example, users include the car owner, family members, car borrowers, and drivers. For example, taking the car rental scenario as an example, users include vehicle owners, car rental company employees, and car rental personnel. For car use scenarios where the vehicle is used by people other than the car owner and family members, if the personal data in the vehicle is not protected, it may easily lead to the leakage of personal data.
  • the embodiment of this application discloses a vehicle access authority control method and related devices, which can protect the personal data of various stakeholders such as vehicle owners, relatives and friends, driving personnel, passengers in the vehicle, and pedestrians outside the vehicle.
  • this application provides a vehicle access authority control method, which method includes:
  • the first mode is determined based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users. , the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the aforementioned vehicle; and the mode of the aforementioned vehicle is switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • this solution can protect personal information in the vehicle from being leaked, and at the same time, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible and improve the user experience.
  • the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
  • the method further includes:
  • the aforementioned first user is provided with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the first user can instruct the vehicle to lock the first mode and switch the vehicle's mode to the first mode.
  • the first mode may be, for example, a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a used car mode, or the like.
  • the above-mentioned valet mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for a third user.
  • the third user may be, for example, an external person such as a car loaner, a car rental person, or a driving agent.
  • valet mode the vehicle hides the owner's personal data by default and disables features involving the owner's privacy.
  • the above-mentioned maintenance mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the fourth user.
  • the fourth user may be a maintenance personnel or the like.
  • this maintenance mode the above-mentioned personal data of the vehicle is encrypted and isolated and cannot be accessed or copied through external devices.
  • the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction model can be used in the scenario of vehicle handover during the second-hand car transaction process.
  • the first user before handing over the vehicle to others for use, the first user can switch the vehicle's mode to the corresponding data protection mode in advance to restrict other people's access to personal data in the vehicle, thus achieving the protection of personal data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the aforementioned switching of the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode includes:
  • the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode.
  • mode switching can only be performed when the vehicle is parked to ensure the safety of the vehicle and users. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
  • the method further includes:
  • the aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned method further includes: in the aforementioned first mode, executing the transfer of ownership of the first user of the aforementioned vehicle, the transfer of the aforementioned first user’s authorization authority, and releasing the relationship between the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned first user.
  • the identity binding of the aforementioned vehicle is bound to the identity of the new owner of the aforementioned vehicle, or one or more operations of deleting the personal data in the aforementioned vehicle, and the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the first mode in this solution is the aforementioned second-hand car transaction mode.
  • vehicles can perform the operations described above, thereby improving the efficiency of second-hand car handover procedures.
  • the first instruction information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle
  • the first instruction information includes the identity information of the second user
  • the second user is authorized to log in by the first user.
  • the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the first mode in this solution may be the friends and relatives mode.
  • Friends and family mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle to a second user.
  • the second user can be the car owner's family member, full-time driver, relative or friend, etc.
  • the vehicle provides the same function usage rights as the above-mentioned car owner mode by default.
  • the friends and family mode can also restrict the second user from using some functions in the vehicle based on the first user's customized configuration to achieve the purpose of protecting personal data in the vehicle.
  • the second user can independently log in to the vehicle's user system and enter the corresponding friends and family mode after the first user authorizes it, which is convenient and flexible and improves the second user's car experience.
  • the method before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes: registering the identity information of the second user in the user system of the vehicle based on the indication information input by the first user.
  • the friends and family mode requires authorization from the first user before it can be used. Therefore, before the second user logs in to the vehicle's user system, the first user needs to register the second user's identity information into the user system.
  • the method further includes: configuring the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
  • the function usage status of the data protection mode can be customized and flexibly configured, which can realize the configuration requirements of different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the method further includes:
  • the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario;
  • the first application scenario is one of the plurality of application scenarios in the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned plurality of Different application scenarios in the application scenario have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the same data protection mode can have functional configurations for multiple different application scenarios, and the functional configurations of the different application scenarios can be saved correspondingly so that they can be directly selected and used later to improve the switching efficiency of the data protection mode.
  • the method further includes: querying the function usage status configured in the first mode; sending a display instruction, where the display instruction is used to instruct display of the function usage status configured in the first mode.
  • the method further includes: upon sensing a preset action on the vehicle, activating a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes; the second mode is used to indicate the location of the vehicle.
  • the camera captures images around the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the second mode in this solution is the outside-vehicle shooting prompt mode. Through this mode, you can quickly understand the situation around the vehicle, detect abnormalities around the vehicle in a timely manner, and protect the vehicle.
  • the step further includes: activating a third mode based on fourth indication information; the third mode is used to detect the status of the passengers in the vehicle.
  • the third mode in this solution is the passenger protection mode.
  • passenger protection mode Through the passenger protection mode, safety hazards of passengers can be discovered in time and passengers can be protected from harm.
  • the method further includes: activating a fourth mode based on the fifth instruction information; the fourth mode is used to turn off the camera in the vehicle and/or microphone.
  • the fourth mode in this solution is another passenger protection mode.
  • this passenger protection mode the vehicle cannot obtain the images and/or sounds of the passengers, thereby protecting the passengers' personal data from being leaked.
  • this application provides a vehicle access permission control method, which method includes:
  • the first mode is determined based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users. , the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
  • the aforementioned first message indicates switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode
  • a first response message is received; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • the execution subject of this solution can be a terminal device, which instructs the vehicle to switch modes through interactive communication with the vehicle.
  • different modes of restricting data access are provided for a variety of different users. While protecting the car owner's data, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible and improve the user experience.
  • the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
  • the method further includes:
  • the aforementioned first user is provided with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the first user after logging into the vehicle's user system, the first user can instruct the vehicle to lock the first mode and switch the vehicle's mode to the first mode.
  • the first mode may be, for example, the above-mentioned valet mode, maintenance mode, used car mode, etc.
  • the first user before handing over the vehicle to others for use, the first user can switch the vehicle's mode to the corresponding data protection mode in advance to restrict other people's access to personal data in the vehicle, thus achieving the protection of personal data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode are configured based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
  • the function usage status of the data protection mode can be customized and flexibly configured, which can realize the configuration requirements of different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the method further includes:
  • the function usage status configured in the first mode is saved as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios in the first mode, and the multiple application scenarios are The function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode corresponding to different application scenarios is different.
  • the same data protection mode can have functional configurations for multiple different application scenarios, and the functional configurations for different application scenarios can be saved accordingly so that they can be directly selected for use later, improving the efficiency of switching data protection modes.
  • the method further includes: querying the function usage status configured in the first mode; displaying the function usage status configured in the first mode.
  • the method further includes:
  • the aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned method further includes: registering the identity information of the second user in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user, and the aforementioned first user is a user with no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle, The identity information of the second user is used for the second user to use the vehicle in a second mode, and the second mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the friends and family mode requires authorization from the first user before it can be used. Therefore, before the second user logs in to the vehicle's user system, the first user needs to register the second user's identity information into the user system, that is, authorize the second user. You can log in to the user system. After the second user obtains authorization from the first user, the user system that logs in to the vehicle independently enters the corresponding friends and family mode, which is convenient and flexible and improves the second user's car experience.
  • this application provides a vehicle access authority control method, which method includes:
  • the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
  • the first mode is one of the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle;
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include protection for at least two Modes provided by different vehicle users, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the aforementioned vehicles;
  • the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • the execution subject of this solution can be a vehicle or a vehicle-machine control system in the vehicle, which can interact and communicate with the above-mentioned terminal device, so that the mode of the vehicle can be switched based on instructions from the terminal device.
  • different modes of restricting data access are provided for a variety of different users. While protecting the car owner's data, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible and improve the user experience.
  • the method further includes: querying the driving status of the vehicle;
  • the aforementioned switching of the mode of the vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message includes: when the aforementioned vehicle is in a stopped state, switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message.
  • mode switching can only be performed when the vehicle is parked to ensure the safety of the vehicle and users. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
  • the method further includes: querying the identity information of the user currently logged in to the user system of the vehicle; and switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, including: If the identity information is the identity information of the first user, the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode, and the first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle.
  • the identity of the currently logged-in user can be verified before switching modes of the vehicle. Only the first user has the authority to switch modes, thereby protecting the vehicle from being controlled by others.
  • the aforementioned method further includes:
  • Receive login information includes the identity information of the second user, the aforementioned second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, and the aforementioned first user is a user with no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle;
  • the second user is provided with function usage rights in a second mode, where the second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the second mode in this solution may be the above-mentioned family and friends mode.
  • the second user can independently log in to the vehicle's user system and enter the corresponding friends and family mode after the first user authorizes it, which is convenient and flexible and improves the second user's car experience.
  • this application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different vehicles.
  • the mode provided by the user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
  • a switching unit is used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
  • the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information;
  • the switching unit is specifically used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode when the vehicle is in a stopped state.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a first configuration unit configured to configure the aforementioned vehicle before the switching unit switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the exit code of the first mode, the aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes an execution unit for:
  • the ownership of the first user of the aforementioned vehicle is transferred, the authorization rights of the aforementioned first user are transferred, the identity binding of the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned first user is released, and the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned vehicle are newly owned. Binding the user's identity, or deleting one or more operations of the personal data in the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the first instruction information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle
  • the first instruction information includes the identity information of the second user
  • the second user is authorized to log in by the first user.
  • the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a registration unit configured to register the aforementioned third mode in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first instruction information.
  • a registration unit configured to register the aforementioned third mode in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first instruction information.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a second configuration unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user based on the second configuration unit, Based on the third instruction information, the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the plurality of application scenarios in the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned plurality of Different application scenarios in the application scenario have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a sending unit for sending a display instruction, and the aforementioned display instruction is used for instructing to display the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a starting unit configured to activate a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes upon sensing a preset action on the vehicle; the second mode is used to Instruct the camera of the aforementioned vehicle to capture images around the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned device further includes an enabling unit configured to enable a third mode based on the fourth indication information after the switching unit switches the mode of the vehicle to the aforementioned first mode; the aforementioned third mode is used for Detect the status of the passengers in the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned enabling unit is also used to enable the fourth mode based on the fifth instruction information after the aforementioned switching unit switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode; the aforementioned fourth mode is used to turn off the aforementioned Cameras and/or microphones in the vehicle.
  • this application provides a terminal device, which includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different vehicles.
  • the mode provided by the user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
  • a sending unit configured to send a first message to the aforementioned vehicle; the aforementioned first message indicates switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a first configuration unit configured to, after the aforementioned providing unit provides the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information, based on the first user inputted by the aforementioned first user.
  • the second instruction information configures the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode.
  • the terminal device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode after the first configuration unit configures the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user. , based on the third instruction information, save the function usage status configured in the first mode as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios in the first mode, and the multiple applications Different application scenarios in the scene have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a display unit for displaying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
  • the terminal device further includes a second configuration unit configured to send the sending unit to the vehicle based on the determined first mode after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information.
  • a second configuration unit configured to send the sending unit to the vehicle based on the determined first mode after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a registration unit, configured to register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user, and the aforementioned first user has no knowledge of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the identity information of the second user is used for the second user to use the vehicle in a second mode, and the second mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • this application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes:
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the first mode is one of the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the modes include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users, and the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
  • a switching unit used to switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode
  • a sending unit configured to send a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit receives the first message;
  • the aforementioned switching unit is specifically configured to: when the aforementioned vehicle is in a stopped state, switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit, further configured to query the identity information of the user currently logged in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit receives the first message;
  • the aforementioned switching unit is specifically used to: switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode when the identity information of the aforementioned user is the identity information of the first user, and the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the aforementioned vehicle. .
  • the aforementioned receiving unit is further configured to: receive login information.
  • the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of a second user.
  • the aforementioned second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned third user One user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicles;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned second user with function usage rights in a second mode, where the aforementioned second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the present application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the vehicle access permission control method described in any one of the above first aspects can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
  • the device may include:
  • Memory used to store computer programs
  • a processor configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different vehicles.
  • the mode provided by the user, the plurality of data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the vehicle; the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode.
  • the computer program in the memory can be stored in advance or can be downloaded from the Internet and stored when using the device.
  • This application does not specifically limit the source of the computer program in the memory.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the present application provides a terminal device, which includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is coupled to a processor, and when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the vehicle access permission control method described in any one of the above second aspects can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
  • the device may include:
  • Memory used to store computer programs
  • a first mode is determined based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users. , the multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the vehicle's data;
  • a first response message is received through the communication interface; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  • the computer program in the memory in this application can be stored in advance or downloaded from the Internet when using the device.
  • This application does not specifically limit the source of the computer program in the memory.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the present application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the vehicle access permission control method described in any one of the above third aspects can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
  • the device may include:
  • Memory used to store computer programs
  • a first message is received through the communication interface; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to a first mode; the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include The plurality of data protection modes are provided for at least two different modes for vehicle users, and the plurality of data protection modes are used to restrict access to data of the vehicle;
  • a first response message is sent through the communication interface; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  • the computer program in the memory can be stored in advance or can be downloaded from the Internet and stored when using the device.
  • This application does not specifically limit the source of the computer program in the memory.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the present application provides a vehicle, which includes the vehicle access control device described in any one of the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect or the ninth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect. the method described in the method;
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. the method described in the method;
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect. method as described.
  • this application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is executed by a processor, the method described in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect will be executed.
  • this application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is executed by a processor, the method described in the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect will be executed.
  • this application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is executed by a processor, the method described in the above third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect will be executed.
  • Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle control system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic flow chart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 5 to 10 show a schematic diagram of the interaction flow of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 11 to 13 show a schematic diagram of the logical structure of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 14 and 15 show a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle 100 can perform human-computer interaction with the user 110 .
  • the vehicle 100 can perform human-computer interaction with the user 110 through a human-computer interaction device such as the display screen 102 or the microphone 105 .
  • the vehicle 100 also includes a vehicle control system 101, a memory 103, a camera 104, etc.
  • the above-mentioned vehicle control system 101 is the computing system of the vehicle 100 and is also the control center of the vehicle 100 .
  • the vehicle control system 101 may include a vehicle mode management module 1011, a rights management module 1012 and a user system 1013.
  • the vehicle mode management module 1011 can be used to manage the status of the vehicle 100 and various components in the vehicle 100 .
  • the rights management module 1012 is used to manage the function rights available to the user of the vehicle.
  • the user system 1013 is used to manage the user information of the vehicle, such as managing the user's identity information, etc.
  • the above-mentioned vehicle mode management module 1011, authority management module 1012 and user system 1013 can be deployed on the processing unit of the vehicle 100.
  • the vehicle mode management module 1011, the authority management module 1012 and the user system 1013 can be deployed on the same processing unit.
  • the vehicle mode management module 1011, the authority management module 1012 and the user system 1013 can be deployed on different processing units respectively. This application does not limit the specific deployment of the vehicle mode management module 1011, the authority management module 1012 and the user system 1013.
  • the above-mentioned display screen 102 is used to display an operable user interface. Human-computer interaction between the vehicle 100 and the user 110 can be realized through the display screen 102 .
  • the display screen 102 may be a physical display screen or may be a virtual display screen.
  • the above-mentioned memory 103 may be used to store user information of the vehicle 100 and functional status information of various configurations, etc.
  • functional status information of this configuration please refer to the subsequent introduction, and will not be detailed here.
  • the above-mentioned cameras 104 may include cameras inside the vehicle 100 and cameras outside the vehicle 100 .
  • the camera inside the vehicle 100 can be used to collect image information inside the vehicle 100 .
  • facial images in the vehicle 100 and so on can be collected.
  • the camera outside the vehicle 100 may be used to collect image information outside the vehicle 100 .
  • images of the environment surrounding the vehicle 100 may be collected, and so on.
  • the above-mentioned microphone 105 can be used to receive voice information of the user 110 and so on. Human-computer interaction between the vehicle 100 and the user 110 can also be realized by receiving the voice information of the user 110 through the microphone 105 .
  • FIG. 3 another schematic diagram of an application scenario of an example of the present application is schematically shown.
  • the user 110 can control the vehicle 100 through the terminal device 120 .
  • the terminal device 120 can communicate with the vehicle 100 .
  • the terminal device 120 may communicate with the vehicle 100 through a cloud server.
  • the user 110 can perform human-computer interaction with the terminal device 120 and send messages to the vehicle 100 through the terminal device 120 to control the vehicle 100 .
  • the user 110 can perform human-computer interaction with the terminal device 120 through a user interface or voice function provided by the terminal device 120 .
  • the above-mentioned terminal device may include but is not limited to any electronic product based on an intelligent operating system, which can perform human-computer interaction with the user through input devices such as keyboards, virtual keyboards, touch pads, touch screens, and voice control devices.
  • input devices such as keyboards, virtual keyboards, touch pads, touch screens, and voice control devices.
  • smartphones, tablets, handheld computers or wearable electronic devices such as smart bracelets or smart watches, etc.
  • wearable electronic devices such as smart bracelets or smart watches, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
  • the users 110 may include a variety of different users.
  • it includes the car owner, the car owner's family members, the car owner's relatives and friends, car rental personnel, car loaners, driving personnel or maintenance personnel, etc.
  • the vehicle owner refers to the owner of the vehicle 100 .
  • a car rental person refers to a person who rents a vehicle 100.
  • the person who borrows the car refers to the person who borrows the vehicle 100.
  • the driver refers to the person who drives the vehicle 100 on his behalf.
  • Maintenance personnel refers to people who maintain vehicles 100.
  • embodiments of this application provide a vehicle access permission control method to protect the personal data of various stakeholders such as car owners, family members, relatives and friends, driving personnel, passengers in the vehicle, and pedestrians outside the vehicle.
  • the execution subject of the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application is the vehicle control system in the vehicle.
  • the vehicle-machine control system receives the user's instructions through human-computer interaction, and then implements the vehicle access permission control method based on the received instructions.
  • the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be implemented through interactive communication between the terminal device and the vehicle. They are introduced below.
  • the vehicle access permission control method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the S401 Determine a first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include data protection for at least two different vehicle users. Modes, multiple data protection modes used to restrict access to the vehicle's data.
  • the above-mentioned multiple data protection modes may include a car owner mode, a family and friends mode, a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a second-hand car transaction mode, an outside-car shooting prompt mode, a first passenger protection mode or a second passenger protection mode. At least two modes.
  • the names of the multiple data protection modes are not limited to the names described in the embodiments of this application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the names of each of the multiple data protection modes, as long as the embodiments of this application are implemented. The described functional modes are all within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
  • the above-mentioned car owner mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the first user.
  • the first user may be the vehicle owner or a person authorized by the vehicle owner to manage the vehicle.
  • the first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the vehicle.
  • After the vehicle receives the login information input by the first user it logs in to the user system of the vehicle based on the login information and activates the car owner mode.
  • the login information includes the first user's identity information.
  • the identity information is, for example, the user's face image information, fingerprint information, preset voice information, car owner's password, or a username and password customized to be registered to the user's system, etc.
  • the first user can input login information through face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice recognition, car owner password, or user name and password.
  • face recognition the face image of the first user collected by the vehicle camera is the login information input by the first user.
  • fingerprint information of the first user collected by the fingerprint collector of the vehicle is the login information input by the first user.
  • preset voice information of the first user collected by the vehicle's microphone is the login information input by the first user.
  • the password input by the first user received by the vehicle through the display screen is the login information input by the first user.
  • the vehicle owner password may be any number of numbers, letters, or special symbols, or may be a string of any number of numbers, a combination of at least two of numbers, letters, or special symbols.
  • the vehicle owner mode can be enabled. In this car owner mode, the vehicle can provide complete functional permissions to the first user. This car owner mode can automatically exit after the vehicle is turned off.
  • the instruction information input by the first user may be the first instruction information in the above step S401, and the above first mode is the car owner mode.
  • the above-mentioned friends and family mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the second user.
  • the second user can be the car owner's family member, full-time driver, relative or friend, etc.
  • the vehicle provides the same function usage rights as the above-mentioned car owner mode by default.
  • the above-mentioned second user can independently enter the vehicle's friends and family mode with the authorization of the above-mentioned first user.
  • the vehicle receives the instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode.
  • the identity information of the second user is received based on the indication information, and then the received identity information of the second user is registered to the user system. This allows the second user to log in to the vehicle's user system based on the registered identity information, and then enter the vehicle's family and friends mode.
  • the identity information of the second user is, for example, the second user's face image information, fingerprint information, preset voice information, user password, or customized user name and password.
  • the vehicle receiving the identity information of the second user may collect the face image of the second user through a camera.
  • the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is fingerprint information
  • the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the fingerprint information of the second user collected by a fingerprint collector.
  • the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is preset voice information
  • the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the preset voice information of the second user collected through the microphone of the vehicle. .
  • the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is a user password
  • the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the user password received through the display screen.
  • the user password may be, for example, any number of numbers, letters or special symbols, or it may be a string of any number of numbers, a combination of at least two of numbers, letters or special symbols.
  • the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is a customized user name and password
  • the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the customized user name and password received through the display screen. password.
  • the vehicle After the vehicle completes the registration of the identity information of the second user, it may receive login information input by the second user to log in to the vehicle user system, where the login information includes the identity information of the second user. After the vehicle verifies the login information, it locks the family and friends mode based on the login information, and then switches the vehicle's mode to the family and friends mode.
  • the family and friends mode may be the first mode in the above step S401.
  • the login information input by the second user to log in to the vehicle user system is the first information in step S401.
  • the second user's personal data on the vehicle can be deleted or the second user's personal data in the user system can be logged out based on the second user's instructions.
  • User Info After the vehicle enters the friends and family mode based on the second user's login information, the second user's personal data on the vehicle can be deleted or the second user's personal data in the user system can be logged out based on the second user's instructions.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle is in the above-mentioned car owner mode, it can query the usage status of functions configured in the friends and family mode. That is, query whether the usage status of each function in the friends and family mode is allowed or prohibited. In specific implementation, it can be queried by the vehicle control system. After querying the corresponding function usage status, the vehicle control system can send a display instruction to the vehicle's display screen, instructing the display screen to display the query function usage status.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle is in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode, it receives the instruction information input by the first user to select the family and friends mode. Based on this indication, the vehicle can lock the Friends and Family mode among its multiple data protection modes. Then query the usage status of the functions configured in the friends and family mode.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the friends and family mode may be input by the first user through the display screen of the vehicle.
  • the user interface displayed on the vehicle's display screen may include controls indicating the friends and family mode.
  • the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the friends and family mode based on the click operation.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the friends and family mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle receives the voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned friends and family mode.
  • the content of the voice message may be "Friends and Relatives Mode", “Switch to Relatives and Friends Mode”, or "Go to Relatives and Friends Mode", etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
  • the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited in the friends and family mode.
  • the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of one or more APPs on the vehicle. For example, opening the one or more APPs through an APP icon displayed on the vehicle's display screen may be allowed or prohibited.
  • the vehicle can display the function switch control of the APP on the display screen, and receive instruction information to allow or prohibit the use of the APP by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the APP.
  • the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain APP, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain APP based on the voice information.
  • the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of controllable private physical spaces such as the glove box, front trunk, or trunk in the vehicle.
  • the vehicle can display the function switch control of a controllable private physical space such as the glove box, front trunk or trunk on the display screen, and receive the information by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the private physical space.
  • Instructions for permitting or prohibiting use of the private physical space can be received.
  • the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain private physical space, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain private physical space based on the voice information.
  • the maximum speed of the vehicle can be limited and/or the geographical range in which the vehicle can travel can be limited.
  • the vehicle can issue a warning if the restricted maximum speed is exceeded or the travelable geographical range is exceeded.
  • the vehicle may display a selectable maximum speed (or geographical range) on the display screen, and after sensing the first user's selection operation on a displayed maximum speed (or geographical range), the vehicle will display the selected maximum speed (or geographical range).
  • a certain maximum speed (or geographical range) is set as the maximum speed (or geographical range within which the vehicle can travel) in Friends and Family mode.
  • the vehicle may receive any top speed (or geographical range) input by the first user through the display screen or microphone, and then set the input top speed (or geographical range) as the top speed in the friends and family mode. (or the geographical range within which the vehicle can travel).
  • top speed or geographical range
  • the vehicle may receive any top speed (or geographical range) input by the first user through the display screen or microphone, and then set the input top speed (or geographical range) as the top speed in the friends and family mode. (or the geographical range within which the vehicle can travel).
  • the vehicle in the family and friends mode defaults to the same function usage rights as the above-mentioned owner mode
  • the vehicle can flexibly reconfigure the function usage status in the family and friends mode based on the user's instructions, which can realize the configuration requirements of different scenarios. , to achieve data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the above-mentioned application scenarios of the family and friends mode may include multiple application scenarios.
  • the application scenarios of the family and friends mode may include application scenarios for family members, application scenarios for full-time drivers, or application scenarios for relatives and friends, etc.
  • family member application scenarios the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned family member.
  • full-time driver application scenario the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned full-time driver.
  • relative and friend application scenario the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned relative and friend.
  • Different people use the vehicle in different application scenarios, so different function usage states can be set in the family and friends mode of different application scenarios. For example, take the application scenario of full-time drivers and the application scenario of relatives and friends.
  • the maximum speed of the vehicle can be opened, that is, the driving speed of the vehicle is not limited.
  • the maximum speed of the vehicle can be limited. This is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific function usage status in the family and friends mode in different application scenarios.
  • the application scenarios of the above-mentioned family and friend mode may include multiple. Then, after the customized configuration of the friends and family mode in an application scenario is completed, the configured function usage status can be saved as the function usage status of the certain application scenario. The next time you use it, you can directly reuse the family and friends mode of a certain application scenario without reconfiguring it, so you can quickly switch to the family and friends mode of the corresponding scene.
  • the configured functions can be configured based on additional instruction information from the first user.
  • the usage status is saved as the function usage status of one of the above multiple application scenarios.
  • the additional instruction information may be, for example, selection information for a certain application scenario.
  • the selection controls of the multiple application scenarios are displayed on the display screen. Then, the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the selection control of the certain application scenario, and can generate selection information for the certain application scenario based on the click operation.
  • the configured function usage status is saved as the function usage status of a certain application scenario based on the selection information.
  • the vehicle in the above-mentioned car owner mode, cannot provide the second user's personal data based on the first user's instruction information. That is, the first user cannot view the personal data of the second user on the vehicle.
  • the vehicle in the above-mentioned car owner mode, can delete the second user's information in the user system and delete the second user's personal data in the vehicle based on the first user's instruction information.
  • Figure 5 takes the human-computer interaction between the vehicle's display screen and the user as an example.
  • the vehicle mode management module, authority management module and user system belong to the functional modules in the vehicle's vehicle control system.
  • the specific functions of these functional modules can be found in the aforementioned description of Figure 2 and will not be described again here.
  • the first user can input login information through the display screen.
  • the login information can be, for example, the car owner's password, or the first user's username and password.
  • the display sends the received login information to the user system.
  • the user system verifies the received login information. When the verification is successful, the vehicle enters the owner mode, and the display screen can display the user interface of the owner mode.
  • the display screen can receive the first instruction information input by the first user.
  • the first user's operation of inputting the first indication information may be performed as a click operation on a certain control in the displayed user interface.
  • the subsequent operation of the user inputting instruction information is the same and will not be described again.
  • the first indication information indicates receiving the identity information of the second user.
  • the display screen receives the identity information of the second user.
  • the identity information may be, for example, the user password of the second user, or the user name and password customized by the second user, etc.
  • the display screen sends the received identity information of the second user to the user system.
  • the user system saves the identity information of the second user and completes the registration of the information. After completing the registration, the second user can log in to the user system based on the registered identity information and obtain the functional permissions of the friends and relatives mode.
  • the display screen in the user interface in the car owner mode, can receive the second instruction information input by the first user.
  • the second instruction information indicates entering the family and friend mode configuration menu.
  • the display screen may first send a query message to the rights management module to query the usage status of functions configured in the friends and family mode.
  • the rights management module after receiving the above query message, queries the user system for the identity of the currently logged in user.
  • the user system feeds back the queried identity information of the currently logged-in user to the authority management module.
  • the rights management module can determine whether the logged-in user is the first user based on the identity information of the currently logged-in user.
  • the rights management module sends the function usage status configured in the friends and family mode to the display screen.
  • the display shows the usage status of functions configured in Friends and Family mode.
  • the display screen can also receive third instruction information input by the first user.
  • the third indication information indicates configuring the usage status of one or more functions.
  • the third indication information may indicate whether to allow or prohibit the use of the one or more functions.
  • the one or more functions may be a private physical space usage function or a vehicle maximum speed limiting function, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the display screen After receiving the above third indication information, the display screen sends a configuration indication of the usage status of the one or more functions to the rights management module.
  • the rights management module saves the configuration of the usage status of the one or more functions, and feeds back the result of successful configuration to the display screen to display to the first user.
  • the first user can customize the function usage status in the friends and family mode, which can realize flexible configuration requirements in different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the second user can enter the login information through the display screen, and the login information is the user password of the above-mentioned registered second user, or The username and password of the second user.
  • the display sends the received login information to the user system.
  • the user system verifies the received login information.
  • the user system sends instruction information for enabling the friends and family mode to the rights management module.
  • the authority management module enables the family and friends mode based on the instruction information, and the vehicle enters the family and friends mode.
  • the rights management module feeds back the result of successfully enabling the friends and family mode to the display screen to display to the second user.
  • the above-mentioned valet mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for third users.
  • the third user may be, for example, an external person such as a car loaner, a car rental person, or a driving agent.
  • valet mode the vehicle hides the owner's personal data by default and disables features involving the owner's privacy.
  • the above-mentioned personal data includes, for example, the car owner's identity information, historical navigation information, historical call records, video or sound data in the car, application (APP) data used privately by the car owner, the car owner's private configuration information or the car owner's private download to Local data, etc.
  • APP application
  • the above-mentioned functions related to the car owner's personal information include, for example, the usage functions of the car owner's private APP (such as instant messaging and other APPs) or smart cockpit functions related to the interaction of the car owner's personal information (such as face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice control or fatigue driving). monitoring and other functions) etc.
  • the usage functions of the car owner's private APP such as instant messaging and other APPs
  • smart cockpit functions related to the interaction of the car owner's personal information (such as face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice control or fatigue driving). monitoring and other functions) etc.
  • the above-mentioned valet mode is actively turned on by the above-mentioned first user.
  • the vehicle receives instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode.
  • the vehicle determines the valet mode based on the indication information, and then switches the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the valet mode.
  • the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the valet mode.
  • the vehicle can lock the valet mode in its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the valet mode.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode may be input by the first user through a display screen of the vehicle.
  • a user interface displayed on a display screen of the vehicle may include controls indicating the valet mode.
  • the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode based on the click operation.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle receives voice information input by the first user through a microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned valet mode.
  • the content of the voice message may be "valet mode", "switch to valet mode” or "turn to valet mode” and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
  • the valet mode may be the first mode in the above step S401.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode is the first information in the above step S401.
  • the third user can independently enter the valet mode of the vehicle with the authorization of the first user.
  • the second user autonomously entering the vehicle's friends and family mode with the authorization of the first user, which will not be described again here.
  • the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the owner mode to the valet mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
  • the vehicle exits the valet mode through the preset exit method.
  • the preset exit method is to exit the valet mode upon receiving a preset exit code.
  • the exit code is the verification code to exit the valet mode.
  • the vehicle can set and save this exit code before entering valet mode.
  • the exit code can be any number of numbers, letters, or special symbols; or the exit code can be any combination of numbers, letters, or special symbols, and so on.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the specific form of the exit code.
  • the valet mode cannot be exited by other methods such as turning off the vehicle, powering off the vehicle, or operating the vehicle's display screen. This ensures that when the above-mentioned third user uses the vehicle, the personal data of the owner and other users in the vehicle cannot be viewed, thereby protecting the personal data of the vehicle user.
  • the vehicle may query the function usage status configured in the valet mode. That is to query whether the usage status of each function in the valet mode is allowed or prohibited. In specific implementation, it can be queried by the vehicle control system. After querying the corresponding function usage status, the vehicle control system can send a display instruction to the vehicle's display screen, instructing the display screen to display the query function usage status.
  • the vehicle may query the function usage status configured in the valet mode after receiving the query instruction information from the first user.
  • the user interface displayed on the vehicle's display screen may include a query control for querying the usage status of functions configured in the valet mode.
  • the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the query control through the user interface, and can generate the above query instruction information based on the click operation.
  • the vehicle receives the query voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the query voice information indicates querying the function usage status configured in the valet mode.
  • the content of the query voice information may be "function usage status of valet mode", "function configuration of valet mode" or “configuration of valet mode", etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input query voice content.
  • the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the valet mode.
  • the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of one or more APPs on the vehicle. For example, opening the one or more APPs through an APP icon displayed on the vehicle's display screen may be allowed or prohibited.
  • the vehicle can display the function switch control of the APP on the display screen, and receive instruction information to allow or prohibit the use of the APP by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the APP.
  • the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain APP, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain APP based on the voice information.
  • the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of controllable private physical spaces such as the glove box, front trunk, or trunk in the vehicle.
  • the vehicle can display the function switch control of a controllable private physical space such as the glove box, front trunk or trunk on the display screen, and receive the information by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the private physical space.
  • Instructions for permitting or prohibiting use of the private physical space can be received.
  • the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain private physical space, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain private physical space based on the voice information.
  • the maximum speed of the vehicle can be limited and/or the geographical range in which the vehicle can travel can be limited.
  • the vehicle can issue a warning if the restricted maximum speed is exceeded or the travelable geographical range is exceeded.
  • the vehicle may display a selectable maximum speed (or geographical range) on the display screen, and after sensing the first user's selection operation on a displayed maximum speed (or geographical range), the vehicle will display the selected maximum speed (or geographical range).
  • a certain maximum speed (or geographical range) is set to the maximum speed (or geographical range within which the vehicle can travel) in valet mode.
  • the vehicle may receive any top speed (or geographical range) input by the first user through the display screen or microphone, and then set the input top speed (or geographical range) to the highest speed in the valet mode. speed (or the geographical range within which the vehicle can travel).
  • the vehicle hides the owner's personal data and disables the owner's private functions by default in the valet mode
  • the vehicle can flexibly reconfigure the function usage status in the valet mode based on the user's instructions, which can achieve different Scenario configuration requirements to achieve data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the above-mentioned application scenarios of the valet mode may include multiple application scenarios.
  • the application scenarios of the valet mode may include a car loan application scenario, a car rental application scenario, a driving application scenario, and so on.
  • the car borrowing application scenario the person using the vehicle is the person borrowing the car mentioned above.
  • the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned car rental person.
  • the driver application scenario the person using the vehicle is the driver mentioned above.
  • Different people use the vehicle in different application scenarios, so different function usage states can be set in the valet mode of different application scenarios. For example, take the car rental application scenario and the driving application scenario as examples.
  • the geographical range where the vehicle can travel can be opened, that is, the geographical range where the vehicle can travel is not restricted.
  • the driving range of the vehicle can be limited. This is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific function usage status in the valet mode in different application scenarios.
  • the application scenarios of the above-mentioned valet mode may include multiple. Then, after the custom configuration of the valet mode in a certain application scenario is completed, the configured function usage status can be saved as the function usage status of the certain application scenario. The next time you use it, you can directly reuse the valet mode of a certain application scenario without reconfiguring it, so you can quickly switch to the valet mode of the corresponding scenario.
  • the configured vehicle can be configured based on additional instruction information from the first user.
  • the function usage status is saved as the function usage status of one of the above multiple application scenarios.
  • the additional instruction information may be, for example, selection information for a certain application scenario.
  • the selection controls of the multiple application scenarios are displayed on the display screen. Then, the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the selection control of the certain application scenario, and can generate selection information for the certain application scenario based on the click operation.
  • the configured function usage status is saved as the function usage status of a certain application scenario based on the selection information.
  • valet mode for prohibited APPs, their icons are not visible on the vehicle's display screen, or the icons turn gray.
  • the function controls may not be displayed or turn gray on the vehicle's display screen.
  • the personal data of the third user is not collected in the valet mode.
  • Figure 6 takes the human-computer interaction between the vehicle's display screen and the first user as an example.
  • the vehicle mode management module, authority management module and user system belong to the functional modules in the vehicle's vehicle control system. The specific functions of these functional modules can be found in the aforementioned description of Figure 2 and will not be described again here.
  • the first user can input login information through the display screen.
  • the login information can be, for example, the car owner's password, or the first user's username and password.
  • the display sends the received login information to the user system.
  • the user system verifies the received login information. When the verification is successful, the vehicle enters the owner mode, and the display screen can display the user interface of the owner mode.
  • the display screen can receive the instruction information A input by the first user.
  • the indication information A indicates to display the above multiple data protection modes. Then, the multiple data protection modes can be displayed on the user interface of the display screen.
  • the first user's operation of inputting the indication information A may be a click operation on a certain control in the displayed user interface. The subsequent operation of the first user inputting the instruction information is the same and will not be described again.
  • the display screen may receive the indication information B input by the first user.
  • the instruction information B indicates entering the valet mode configuration menu.
  • the display screen can first send a query message to the rights management module to query the usage status of the functions configured in the valet mode.
  • the display screen does not need to display a user interface including the above multiple data protection modes.
  • the vehicle can receive the voice instruction information to enter the valet mode configuration menu through the microphone.
  • the vehicle mode management module can send a query message to the authority management module to query the usage status of functions configured in the valet mode.
  • the authority management module after receiving the above query message, queries the vehicle mode management module for the current driving status of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle mode management module feeds back the queried current driving status to the authority management module.
  • the rights management module after receiving the above query message, queries the user system for the identity of the currently logged in user.
  • the user system feeds back the queried identity information of the currently logged-in user to the rights management module.
  • the authority management module can determine whether the current driving state of the vehicle is in a stopped state based on the current driving state of the vehicle, and/or determine whether the logged-in user is the first user based on the identity information of the currently logged-in user.
  • the authority management module sends the function usage status configured in the valet mode to the display screen.
  • the display shows the usage status of the functions configured in Valet mode.
  • the display screen can receive the instruction information C input by the first user.
  • the indication information C indicates that the valet mode is enabled.
  • the display screen sends an instruction message for enabling the valet mode to the rights management module based on the instruction information C.
  • the authority management module can first determine whether the exit code of the valet mode has been set. For example, you can query whether there is an exit code stored in your own memory, or query the cloud server whether an exit code has been set, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific method of determining whether an exit code is set.
  • the authority management module sends an instruction message for setting the exit code to the display screen.
  • the display screen displays information instructing the first user to set the exit code, and receives the exit code input by the first user.
  • the display screen sends the exit code to the rights management module.
  • the authority management module sets the received exit code to the exit code of the valet mode, and synchronizes the exit code to the cloud server. Then, the authority management module enables the valet mode, and feeds back the result of successfully enabling the valet mode to the display screen to display to the first user.
  • the above authority management module when the above authority management module determines that the exit code of the valet mode is not set, it can randomly set an exit code of the valet mode and save it, and then send the set exit code to the display screen is displayed to the user.
  • the exit code of the above-mentioned valet mode can be reset.
  • the vehicle can receive the exit code newly input by the first user through the display screen, and then the permission management module replaces the original exit code with the newly entered exit code and saves it, thereby resetting the exit code.
  • the display screen can also receive instruction information D input by the first user.
  • the indication information D indicates configuring the usage status of one or more functions.
  • the indication information D may indicate whether to allow or prohibit the use of the one or more functions.
  • the one or more functions may be a private physical space usage function or a vehicle maximum speed limiting function, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the display screen After receiving the above indication information D, the display screen sends a configuration indication of the usage status of the one or more functions to the rights management module.
  • the rights management module saves the configuration of the usage status of the one or more functions, and feeds back the result of successful configuration to the display screen to display to the first user.
  • the first user can customize the function usage status in the valet mode, which can realize flexible configuration requirements in different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the above-mentioned maintenance mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the fourth user.
  • the fourth user may be a maintenance personnel or the like.
  • the above-mentioned personal data of the vehicle is encrypted and isolated and cannot be accessed or copied through external devices. That is, maintenance personnel cannot access the personal data of car owners and other users.
  • the isolation of personal data can be achieved by separately storing personal data, supporting the encryption of personal data in maintenance mode, and changing the business involving personal data to an unauthorized access state.
  • the vehicle After exiting the maintenance mode, the vehicle automatically decrypts personal data and restores the historical authorization of the personal data business.
  • the above-mentioned maintenance mode is actively turned on by the above-mentioned first user.
  • the vehicle receives instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode.
  • the vehicle determines the maintenance mode based on the indication information, and then switches the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the maintenance mode.
  • the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode.
  • the vehicle can lock the maintenance mode in its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the maintenance mode.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode may be input by the first user through a display screen of the vehicle.
  • the user interface displayed on the vehicle's display screen may include controls indicating the maintenance mode.
  • the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode based on the click operation.
  • the instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle receives voice information input by the first user through a microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned maintenance mode.
  • the content of the voice message may be "maintenance mode", "switch to maintenance mode” or "go to maintenance mode” and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
  • the maintenance mode may be the first mode in the above step S401.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode is the first information in the above step S401.
  • the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the owner mode to the maintenance mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
  • the vehicle exits the maintenance mode through the preset exit method.
  • the preset exit method is to exit the maintenance mode upon receiving a preset exit code.
  • the vehicle after determining the maintenance mode, can query the function usage status configured in the maintenance mode.
  • the function usage status configured in the maintenance mode please refer to the above description about querying the function usage status configured in the valet mode, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the maintenance mode.
  • instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the maintenance mode.
  • custom configuration of function usage status in valet mode please refer to the above description of the custom configuration of function usage status in valet mode, which will not be described here.
  • FIG. 8 shows the process of human-computer interaction between the first user and the fourth user respectively.
  • the vehicle receives the first instruction information input by the first user.
  • the first instruction information is used to instruct switching to the maintenance mode.
  • the first indication information may be indication information received through a display screen or a microphone.
  • the vehicle may instruct the user to further confirm whether to enter maintenance mode. For example, the information requiring further confirmation can be displayed through the display screen or further confirmed through voice prompts. Then, the vehicle receives information input by the first user confirming entering the maintenance mode.
  • the vehicle activates service mode and displays the service mode menu on the display.
  • the fourth user that is, the maintenance personnel, performs maintenance on the vehicle based on the menu in the maintenance mode.
  • the vehicle receives instruction information to exit the maintenance mode input by the first user, such as receiving a preset exit code. Based on this indication information, the vehicle exits maintenance mode and switches the vehicle's mode back to owner mode. It should be noted that the process shown in Figure 8 is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction model can be used in the scenario of vehicle handover during the second-hand car transaction process.
  • the vehicle can transfer the ownership of the first user of the vehicle, transfer the authorization rights of the first user, unbind the identity of the vehicle and the first user, and transfer the new ownership of the vehicle to the vehicle. Bind the user’s identity or delete one or more of the personal data in the vehicle.
  • the vehicle can also be restored to factory settings.
  • the above-mentioned second-hand car trading mode is actively started by the above-mentioned first user.
  • the vehicle receives instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode.
  • the vehicle determines the second-hand car transaction mode based on the instruction information, and then switches the vehicle's mode from the car owner mode to the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • the vehicle can lock the second-hand car transaction mode in its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode from the car owner mode to the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode may be input by the first user through the display screen of the vehicle.
  • the user interface displayed on the display screen of the vehicle may include controls indicating the second-hand car transaction mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and based on the click operation, the above instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode can be generated.
  • the above instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle receives the voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction mode.
  • the content of the voice message may be "used car transaction mode", "switch to used car transaction mode” or "switch to used car transaction mode” and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
  • the second-hand car transaction mode may be the first mode in the above-mentioned step S401.
  • the above-mentioned instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode is the first information in the above-mentioned step S401.
  • the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the car owner mode to the second-hand car transaction mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
  • the vehicle exits the maintenance mode through the preset exit method.
  • the preset exit method is to exit the maintenance mode upon receiving a preset exit code.
  • the preset exit method may be that the vehicle automatically exits the second-hand car transaction mode after completing the preset operation process in the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • the vehicle automatically transfers the ownership of the first user of the vehicle, transfers the authorization rights of the first user, and unbinds the identity of the vehicle from the first user.
  • One or more operations to bind the identity of the new owner of the vehicle, or to delete personal data in the vehicle may input information or perform corresponding operations based on the vehicle's instructions, which is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the vehicle automatically exits the second-hand car transaction mode and prompts the user.
  • the vehicle determines the second-hand car transaction mode, it can query the function usage status configured in the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • the function usage status configured in the valet mode please refer to the above description about querying the function usage status configured in the valet mode, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited in the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited in the second-hand car transaction mode.
  • custom configuration of function usage status in valet mode please refer to the above description of the custom configuration of function usage status in valet mode, which will not be described here.
  • the specific implementation process related to the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction mode can be exemplarily referred to the description related to the valet mode shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and will not be described again here.
  • the above-mentioned off-car shooting prompt mode can be used to view the situation around the vehicle.
  • the vehicle's camera can be activated to capture images around the vehicle.
  • the preset action may be, for example, an action of slapping the vehicle, scratching the vehicle, knocking on the glass of the vehicle, or prying the door, etc. to cause abnormal contact with the vehicle.
  • the above-mentioned off-vehicle shooting prompt mode may be triggered when the vehicle is parked.
  • the camera outside the vehicle can be instructed to capture images of the environment around the vehicle.
  • the camera can also emit lights to alert users of abnormal situations.
  • the image data captured above around the vehicle can be encrypted and stored in the vehicle's memory. Only the above-mentioned first user has the authority to access these image data.
  • the vehicle will first desensitize the image data before allowing it to leave the vehicle.
  • the desensitization operation may be, for example, removing or masking (eg mosaicing) sensitive data included in the image data.
  • the sensitive data includes, for example, face images of vehicle users or pedestrians outside the vehicle, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned off-car shooting prompt mode is preset by the above-mentioned first user.
  • the vehicle receives the instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode.
  • the vehicle activates the use function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode based on the indication information. Therefore, when the vehicle senses the above-mentioned preset action, it can activate the vehicle's camera to capture images around the vehicle.
  • the above information instructing to turn on the usage function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode may be input by the first user through the display screen of the vehicle.
  • the user interface displayed on the display screen of the vehicle may include a control indicating the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode or a function switch control including the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode.
  • the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and based on the click operation, the use function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode can be enabled.
  • the above-mentioned information for enabling the usage function of the outside-vehicle shooting prompt mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle receives the voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the voice information instructs to turn on the use function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode.
  • the content of the voice message may be "turn on the outside shooting prompt mode", "enable the outside shooting prompt mode” or "activate the outside shooting prompt mode” and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
  • the vehicle after the above-mentioned vehicle turns on the use function of the off-car shooting prompt mode, it can query the usage status of the functions configured in the off-car shooting prompt mode.
  • the function usage status configured in the vehicle exterior shooting prompt mode may include the usage status of each of multiple cameras outside the vehicle.
  • the vehicle receives the query instruction information through the display screen or microphone, it can instruct the authority management module in the vehicle control system to query. After querying the corresponding function usage status, the authority management module can send a display instruction to the vehicle's display screen to instruct the display screen to display the query function usage status.
  • the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to custom configure the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the above-mentioned off-vehicle shooting prompt mode.
  • the vehicle may receive the first user's instruction information through a display screen or a microphone.
  • the indication information may indicate enabling or disabling a camera outside a certain vehicle in the exterior shooting prompt mode.
  • the vehicle instructs the rights management module to save the usage status configuration of a certain vehicle external camera based on the instruction information.
  • the vehicle exterior shooting prompt mode is turned on, the camera outside the vehicle is enabled or disabled based on the configuration.
  • the embodiment of the present application can customize the usage status of the camera in the off-car shooting prompt mode to flexibly adapt to various off-car shooting scenarios.
  • the above-mentioned first passenger protection mode may be used to detect the status of passengers in the vehicle.
  • the vehicle may detect a stranded passenger in the vehicle.
  • operations such as body temperature detection or facial image analysis can be performed. It can also detect the temperature inside the car and so on. Through these operations, passengers' discomfort or abnormalities can be detected in time to prevent unexpected dangers to passengers.
  • the above-mentioned passengers may be the elderly, children, patients or ordinary passengers.
  • the above-mentioned first passenger protection mode may be a mode that is further enabled when the above-mentioned car owner mode, family and friends mode, valet mode, maintenance mode or second-hand car transaction mode is enabled.
  • the function usage status of the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when mode A is turned on may be different from the function usage status of the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when mode B is turned on.
  • Both Mode A and Mode B are one of the above-mentioned car owner mode, family and friend mode, valet mode, maintenance mode or second-hand car transaction mode, and Mode A and Mode B are different. For example, take mode A as the friends and relatives mode and mode B as the maintenance mode. In the family and friends mode, considering that there may be children in the vehicle, the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when the family and friends mode is turned on can enable the function of detecting the stranded status of passengers in the vehicle.
  • the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when the maintenance mode is turned on can turn off the function of detecting the stranded status of passengers in the vehicle. This is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
  • the different function usage states of the first passenger protection mode that are further turned on in different modes may be customized and configured by the vehicle based on the above-mentioned first user's instruction information, or may be preset at the factory. , the embodiment of this application does not limit this.
  • the above-mentioned first passenger protection mode may be further turned on after confirmation by the currently logged-in user of the vehicle.
  • the passenger mode is enabled based on the activation indication information actively input by the currently logged-in user.
  • the passenger mode can be enabled by the vehicle automatically asking whether to enable it through the display screen or microphone, and after receiving the confirmation instruction information.
  • the above-mentioned second passenger protection mode can be used to turn off the camera and/or microphone in the vehicle.
  • the user can input instruction information through the display screen or microphone. This instruction message can instruct all cameras or microphones in the car to be turned off.
  • a button is provided in the vehicle, and the user can press the button to instruct to turn off the camera or microphone in the vehicle.
  • the user can view the business list specifically involving the camera or microphone in the vehicle through the vehicle's display screen.
  • the above-mentioned second passenger protection mode may be a mode that is further enabled when the above-mentioned car owner mode, family and friends mode, valet mode, maintenance mode or second-hand car transaction mode is enabled.
  • this second passenger protection mode can further protect the personal information of people in the car from being leaked.
  • the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be implemented through interactive communication between the terminal device and the vehicle.
  • the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines a first mode based on the first indication information, where the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 3 above, and the vehicle may be the vehicle 100 shown in FIG. 3 above.
  • the first mode may be, for example, a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a second-hand car transaction mode or a first passenger protection mode, or the like.
  • messages exchanged between the terminal device and the vehicle can be forwarded by the cloud server.
  • the terminal device can communicate directly with the vehicle after establishing a communication connection.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the communication method between the terminal device and the vehicle.
  • the terminal device may receive the login information input by the first user.
  • the terminal device may receive the login information through a display screen or a microphone.
  • the subsequent terminal device may receive the information input by the user through the display screen or the microphone.
  • the specific description mainly takes the reception through the display screen as an example.
  • the above login information includes the identity information of the first user.
  • identity information For descriptions of identity information, please refer to the previous introduction and will not be repeated here.
  • This login information is used to log into the vehicle's user system.
  • the terminal device can enter the user system of the vehicle.
  • the display screen of the terminal device may display the user interface of the user system.
  • the user system can provide function usage rights of the vehicle.
  • the function usage status of the vehicle and the like can be controlled through the user interface of the user system.
  • the terminal device may receive the instruction information input by the first user.
  • the vehicle determines the first mode based on the indication information.
  • the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the first mode.
  • the user interface of the user system displayed by the terminal device may include a control indicating the first mode. The terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the first mode based on the click operation.
  • the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for turning on the first mode.
  • the user interface of the user system displayed by the terminal device may include the function switch control of the first mode. The terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the function switch control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for turning on the first mode based on the click operation.
  • the terminal device can perform human-computer interaction with the user through a corresponding APP, applet, or web page, and conduct interactive communication with the vehicle.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the vehicle, and the first message instructs to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
  • the terminal device after receiving the instruction information input by the first user, the terminal device sends the above-mentioned first message to the vehicle based on the instruction information.
  • the vehicle receives the first message.
  • the vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode.
  • the vehicle After the vehicle receives the above-mentioned first message, based on the first message, the vehicle can lock the first mode among its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode to the first mode.
  • vehicle mode switching you can refer to the corresponding descriptions in each data protection mode mentioned above, and will not be described again here.
  • the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the car owner mode to the second-hand car trading mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified.
  • mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
  • the identity of the user currently logged in to the vehicle user system may be checked before the vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode.
  • the vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode.
  • the vehicle sends a first response message to the terminal device.
  • the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  • the above-mentioned first response message is generated and sent to the above-mentioned terminal device.
  • the function usage status configured in the first mode can be queried.
  • the terminal device may send a query message for the function usage status configured in the first mode to the vehicle.
  • the user interface displayed on the display screen of the terminal device may include a query control for querying the usage status of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the query control through the user interface, and based on This click operation can generate the above query message and send it to the vehicle.
  • the vehicle After receiving the query message, the vehicle sends the function usage status configured in the first mode to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may display the received function usage status configured in the first mode on the display screen.
  • the cloud server backup has the function usage status configured in the first mode.
  • the user interface displayed on the display screen of the terminal device may include a query control for querying the usage status of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the query control through the user interface, and based on This click operation can generate the above query message and send it to the cloud server.
  • the terminal device may send a query message about the function usage status configured in the first mode to the cloud server.
  • the cloud server sends the function usage status configured in the first mode to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may display the received function usage status configured in the first mode on the display screen.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines the first mode based on the first indication information, the terminal device may also send the query message to the vehicle or cloud server, thereby obtaining the function usage configured in the first mode. status and displayed on the display.
  • This implementation does not require additional query based on the query instructions input by the user, but can lock the first mode based on the first instruction information and simultaneously send the above query message to the vehicle or cloud server.
  • the terminal device can configure the above-mentioned first command based on the second instruction information input by the first user. Features allowed and/or prohibited in the mode.
  • the terminal device after receiving the instruction information input by the first user to enable or disable a certain function in the first mode, the terminal device generates a corresponding instruction message based on the instruction information and sends it to the vehicle.
  • the instruction message may include instruction information for enabling or disabling a certain function in the first mode.
  • the vehicle After receiving the instruction message, the vehicle saves the configuration of enabling or disabling the certain function in the first mode, so that the certain function is enabled or disabled after the subsequent vehicle enters the first mode.
  • the vehicle can also synchronize and back up the usage status of the certain function in the first mode to the cloud server.
  • the user interface displayed on the display screen of the terminal device may include switch controls for each function in the first mode, and the first user can indicate enabling or disabling the corresponding function by clicking on these switch controls.
  • the terminal device generates indication information for enabling or disabling the corresponding function based on the corresponding click operation, and then generates a corresponding indication message and sends it to the vehicle.
  • the vehicle exits the first mode through a preset exit method.
  • the preset exit method is to exit the maintenance mode upon receiving a preset exit code.
  • the terminal device may check whether the first mode has an exit code set.
  • the exit code can be saved on the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can check whether the exit code is stored in its own preset memory. If it has been stored, the above-mentioned first message can be sent to the vehicle. If it is not stored, the first user can be instructed to set the exit code. The first user enters a customized exit code based on instructions from the terminal device. After receiving the exit code input by the first user, the terminal device saves the exit code and sends the exit code to the vehicle for storage. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the exit code to the cloud server for storage.
  • the terminal device may send a query message to the vehicle or cloud server to determine whether an exit code is set. If the received response message indicates that the exit code has been set, the above-mentioned first message may be sent to the vehicle. If the received response message indicates that the exit code is not set, the terminal device may instruct the first user to set the exit code. The first user enters a customized exit code based on instructions from the terminal device. After receiving the exit code input by the first user, the terminal device sends the exit code to the vehicle for storage. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the exit code to the cloud server for storage.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device learns that the exit code of the first mode is not set, it may generate a random exit code as the exit code of the first mode. And the generated exit code is displayed on the display screen to the user. Additionally, this generated exit code is sent to the vehicle save. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the generated exit code to the cloud server for storage.
  • the terminal device can send the first message to the vehicle.
  • the operation of checking whether the exit code is set in the first mode may be implemented by the vehicle after the vehicle receives the first message.
  • the vehicle may first check whether the first mode has an exit code set.
  • the vehicle can query whether an exit code is stored in its own memory, or query the cloud server whether an exit code has been set, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific method of determining whether an exit code is set. If an exit code has been set, the vehicle switches the mode of the vehicle to the first mode. If the exit code is not set, the vehicle sends an instruction message requesting to set the exit code to the terminal device. Then the terminal device can instruct the first user to set the exit code.
  • the first user enters a customized exit code based on instructions from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device After receiving the exit code input by the first user, the terminal device sends the exit code to the vehicle for storage.
  • the terminal device can also send the exit code to the cloud server for storage. After the vehicle receives the exit code and saves it, the vehicle's mode can be switched to the first mode.
  • a random exit code may be generated as the exit code of the first mode. And save the generated exit code.
  • the vehicle also sends the generated exit code to the terminal device for display to the user.
  • the vehicle can also send the generated exit code to the cloud server for storage.
  • the terminal device may register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user. This allows the second user to log in to the user system on the vehicle based on the registered identity information and enter the above-mentioned family and friend mode.
  • the above-mentioned second user can independently enter the vehicle's friends and family mode with the authorization of the above-mentioned first user.
  • the terminal device may receive the instruction information input by the first user. and receiving the identity information of the second user based on the instruction information, and then registering the received identity information of the second user to the user system.
  • the terminal device sends the identity information to the vehicle.
  • the vehicle saves the second user's identity information to its own user system to complete the registration of the second user's identity information.
  • the identity information of the second user is, for example, the second user's face image information, fingerprint information, preset voice information, user password, or customized user name and password.
  • the vehicle After the vehicle completes the registration of the identity information of the second user, it may receive login information input by the second user to log in to the vehicle user system, where the login information includes the identity information of the second user. After the vehicle verifies the login information, it locks the family and friends mode based on the login information, and then switches the vehicle's mode to the family and friends mode, providing the second user with the function usage rights of the family and friends mode.
  • the terminal device can query the function usage status configured in the above friends and family mode.
  • the terminal device may configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the friends and family mode based on the instruction information input by the first user. For the specific implementation of this query and configuration, please refer to the previous description and will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 10 takes the terminal device communicating with the vehicle through the cloud server as an example.
  • the vehicle mode management module, authority management module and user system belong to the functional modules in the vehicle's on-board control system. The specific functions of these functional modules can be found in the aforementioned description of Figure 2 and will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device receives login information input by the first user, and the login information may include the identity information of the first user.
  • the terminal device sends the received login information to the vehicle through the cloud server.
  • the user system in the vehicle verifies the received login information.
  • the vehicle sends a response message indicating that the login information has been verified to the cloud server.
  • the cloud server displays the user interface of the user system on the display screen based on the response information.
  • the terminal device may receive the instruction information A input by the first user.
  • the instruction information A indicates entering the first mode configuration menu.
  • the terminal device may first send a query message to the cloud server to query the usage status of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the cloud server can query the function usage status configured in the first mode in its own storage system. and sends the queried function usage status configured in the first mode to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device displays the function usage status configured in the first mode.
  • the terminal device can also receive the instruction information B input by the first user.
  • the indication information B indicates configuring the usage status of one or more functions.
  • the indication information B may indicate whether to allow or prohibit the use of the one or more functions.
  • the one or more functions may be, for example, a private physical space usage function or a vehicle maximum speed limiting function, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device After receiving the above instruction information B, the terminal device sends a configuration instruction message for the usage status of the one or more functions to the vehicle through the cloud server.
  • the vehicle saves the configuration of the usage status of one or more functions through the rights management module, and feeds back the successful configuration results to the terminal device through the cloud server to display to the first user.
  • the vehicle can also synchronize and save the configuration backup of the usage status of one or more functions to the cloud server.
  • the first user can customize the function usage status in the valet mode, which can realize flexible configuration requirements in different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
  • the terminal device may receive the indication information C input by the first user.
  • the indication information C indicates enabling the first mode.
  • the terminal device sends the instruction information for enabling the first mode to the vehicle through the cloud server based on the instruction information C.
  • the vehicle's authority management module after receiving the above instruction information for enabling the first mode, queries the vehicle mode management module for the current driving status of the vehicle. The vehicle mode management module feeds back the queried current driving status to the authority management module.
  • the vehicle's authority management module after receiving the above instruction information for enabling the first mode, queries the user system for the identity of the currently logged-in user. The user system feeds back the queried identity information of the currently logged-in user to the rights management module.
  • the authority management module can determine whether the current driving state of the vehicle is in a stopped state based on the current driving state of the vehicle, and/or determine whether the logged-in user is the first user based on the identity information of the currently logged-in user.
  • the authority management module determines whether the exit code of the first mode has been set. For example, you can query whether there is an exit code stored in your own memory, or query the cloud server whether an exit code has been set, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific method of determining whether an exit code is set.
  • the vehicle sends an instruction message to set the exit code to the terminal device through the cloud server.
  • the terminal device can display information instructing the first user to set the exit code on the display screen, and receive the exit code input by the first user.
  • the terminal device sends the exit code to the vehicle through the cloud server.
  • the vehicle's authority management module sets the received exit code as the exit code of the first mode, and synchronously saves the exit code to the cloud server. Then, the rights management module enables the first mode, and feeds back the result of successfully enabling the first mode to the terminal device to display to the first user.
  • the above authority management module when the above authority management module determines that the exit code of the first mode is not set, it can randomly set an exit code of the first mode and save it, and then send the set exit code to the terminal. The device is presented to the user.
  • the exit code of the first mode can be reset.
  • the terminal device may receive the exit code newly input by the first user through the display screen, and then send instruction information to reset the exit code to the vehicle, where the instruction information includes the newly input exit code.
  • the vehicle's authority management module replaces the original exit code with the newly entered exit code and saves it, thereby resetting the exit code.
  • each device includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module to perform each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • FIG. 11 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the device.
  • the device may be the above-mentioned vehicle or an on-board control system in the vehicle.
  • the device 1100 includes a determining unit 1101 and a switching unit 1102. in:
  • the determining unit 1101 is configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different data protection modes. Mode provided by the vehicle user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
  • the switching unit 1102 is used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
  • the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first indication information;
  • the switching unit 1102 is specifically used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode when the vehicle is in a stopped state.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a first configuration unit configured to, after the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, before the switching unit 1102 switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode, Configure the exit code of the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes an execution unit for:
  • the ownership of the first user of the aforementioned vehicle is transferred, the authorization rights of the aforementioned first user are transferred, the identity binding of the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned first user is released, and the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned vehicle are newly owned. Binding the user's identity, or deleting one or more operations of the personal data in the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the first instruction information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle
  • the first instruction information includes the identity information of the second user
  • the second user is authorized to log in by the first user.
  • the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a registration unit configured to register the aforementioned information in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user before the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first instruction information.
  • the identity information of the second user is not limited to the registration unit.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a second configuration unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user based on the second configuration unit, Based on the third instruction information, the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the plurality of application scenarios in the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned plurality of Different application scenarios in the application scenario have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a sending unit for sending a display instruction, and the aforementioned display instruction is used for instructing to display the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a starting unit configured to activate a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes upon sensing a preset action on the vehicle; the second mode is used to Instruct the camera of the aforementioned vehicle to capture images around the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned device further includes an enabling unit configured to enable the third mode based on the fourth instruction information after the switching unit 1102 switches the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the third mode is To detect the status of the passengers in the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the aforementioned enabling unit is also configured to enable the fourth mode based on the fifth instruction information after the aforementioned switching unit 1102 switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode; the aforementioned fourth mode is used to turn off Cameras and/or microphones in the aforementioned vehicles.
  • FIG. 12 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the device, and the device may be the above-mentioned terminal device.
  • the device 1200 includes a determining unit 1201, a sending unit 1202 and a receiving unit 1203. in:
  • the determining unit 1201 is configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information.
  • the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different data protection modes. Mode provided by the vehicle user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
  • the sending unit 1202 is configured to send a first message to the aforementioned vehicle; the aforementioned first message indicates switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
  • the receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
  • the aforementioned terminal device also includes a receiving unit 1203, configured to receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit 1201 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a first configuration unit configured to, after the aforementioned providing unit provides the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information, based on the first user inputted by the aforementioned first user.
  • the second instruction information configures the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode.
  • the terminal device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode after the first configuration unit configures the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user. , based on the third instruction information, save the function usage status configured in the first mode as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios in the first mode, and the multiple applications Different application scenarios in the scene have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a display unit for displaying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a second configuration unit configured to, after the aforementioned determining unit 1201 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, the aforementioned sending unit 1202 sends a message to the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned determined first mode. Before sending the first message, configure an exit code for the first mode, where the exit code is a verification code for exiting the first mode.
  • the aforementioned terminal device further includes a registration unit, configured to register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user, and the aforementioned first user has no knowledge of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • the identity information of the second user is used for the second user to use the vehicle in a second mode, and the second mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
  • FIG. 13 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the device.
  • the device may be the above-mentioned vehicle or the vehicle-machine control system of the vehicle.
  • the device 1300 includes a receiving unit 1301, a switching unit 1302 and a sending unit 1303. in:
  • the receiving unit 1301 is configured to receive a first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the first mode is one of the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data of the vehicle
  • the protection mode includes modes provided for at least two different vehicle users, and the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the aforementioned vehicle;
  • the switching unit 1302 is used to switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode
  • the sending unit 1303 is configured to send a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit 1301 receives the first message;
  • the aforementioned switching unit 1302 is specifically configured to: when the aforementioned vehicle is in a stopped state, switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message.
  • the aforementioned device further includes a query unit, which is further configured to query the identity information of the user currently logged in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit 1301 receives the first message;
  • the aforementioned switching unit 1302 is specifically used to: switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode when the identity information of the aforementioned user is the identity information of the first user, and the aforementioned first user has no access restrictions on the aforementioned vehicle. user.
  • the receiving unit 1301 is further configured to: receive login information.
  • the login information includes the identity information of a second user.
  • the second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the vehicle.
  • the first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle;
  • the aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned second user with function usage rights in a second mode, where the aforementioned second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the aforementioned vehicle.
  • FIG 14 is a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by this application.
  • the device may be the vehicle or the vehicle-machine control system of the vehicle in the method described in the above embodiment.
  • the device 1400 includes: a processor 1401, a memory 1402 and a communication interface 1403.
  • the processor 1401, the communication interface 1403, and the memory 1402 may be connected to each other or to each other via a bus 1404.
  • the memory 1402 is used to store computer programs and data of the device 1400.
  • the memory 1402 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), Erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM) or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), etc.
  • the software or program code required for the functions of all or part of the units of the vehicle or the vehicle's on-board control system is stored in the memory 1402 .
  • the processor 1401 in addition to calling the program code in the memory 1402 to implement some of the functions, can also cooperate with other components (such as the communication interface 1403) together to complete other functions described in the method embodiment (such as the function of receiving or sending data).
  • the number of communication interfaces 1403 may be multiple, and are used to support the device 1400 to communicate, such as receiving or sending data or signals.
  • the processor 1401 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field-programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof.
  • the processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the processor 1401 may be used to read the program stored in the memory 1402 and execute the method described in FIG. 4 and its possible embodiments.
  • the processor 1401 may be used to read the program stored in the above-mentioned memory 1402 and perform the operations performed by the vehicle or the vehicle-machine control system of the vehicle in the method described in FIG. 9 and its possible embodiments.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by this application.
  • the device may be a terminal device in the method described in the above embodiment.
  • the device 1500 includes: a processor 1501, a memory 1502 and a communication interface 1503.
  • the processor 1501, communication interface 1503, and memory 1502 may be connected to each other or to each other through a bus 1504.
  • the memory 1502 is used to store computer programs and data of the device 1500.
  • the memory 1502 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), Erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM) or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), etc.
  • the software or program code required for the functions of all or part of the units of the terminal device in the above method embodiment is stored in the memory 1502.
  • the processor 1501 can also cooperate with other components (such as communication interface 1503) together to complete other functions described in the method embodiment (such as the function of receiving or sending data).
  • the number of communication interfaces 1503 may be multiple, and are used to support the device 1500 to communicate, such as receiving or sending data or signals.
  • the processor 1501 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field-programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof.
  • the processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the processor 1501 may be used to read the program stored in the memory 1502 and perform the operations performed by the terminal device in the method described in FIG. 9 and its possible embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a vehicle, which includes the device shown in Figure 11, Figure 13 or Figure 14.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor to implement any one of the above-mentioned embodiments and possible embodiments. Operations performed by the vehicle or vehicle control system.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor to implement any one of the above-mentioned embodiments and possible embodiments. The operations performed by the terminal device.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is read and executed by a computer, the vehicle or vehicle control system in any one of the above embodiments and possible embodiments does The operation will be performed.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is read and executed by a computer, the operations performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments and possible embodiments will be executed. .
  • this solution can protect personal information in the vehicle from being leaked by providing different modes of restricting access to data for a variety of different users, and at the same time, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible. , improve user experience.
  • first, second, etc. are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same functions and functions. It should be understood that the terms “first”, “second” and “nth” There is no logical or sequential dependency, and there is no limit on the number or execution order. It should also be understood that, although the following description uses the terms first, second, etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes no limitation.
  • references throughout this specification to "one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” and “a possible implementation” mean that specific features, structures, or characteristics related to the embodiment or implementation are included herein. In at least one embodiment of the application. Therefore, “in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” or “a possible implementation” appearing in various places throughout this specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are a vehicle access right control method and a related apparatus, the method comprising: on the basis of first indication information, determining a first mode, the first mode being one mode of a plurality of data protection modes of a vehicle, the plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle comprising modes provided for at least two different kinds of vehicle users, and the plurality of data protection modes being used for limiting access to data of the vehicle; and switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode. The present application can protect personal data of interest-related persons such as vehicle owners, relatives, designated drivers, passengers in a vehicle and pedestrians outside the vehicle.

Description

车辆访问权限控制方法及相关装置Vehicle access authority control method and related devices 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及智能汽车技术领域,尤其涉及一种车辆访问权限控制方法及相关装置。This application relates to the field of smart car technology, and in particular to a vehicle access authority control method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
智能汽车可以视为一种以计算机为中心的可以移动的终端计算设备。智能汽车跟移动智能终端类似,可以拥有多种用户角色,会处理各种角色的个人数据。例如,以家用车为例,用户包括车主本人、家属、借车人和代驾人员等。例如,以租车场景为例,用户包括车辆所有者、租车公司员工和租车人员等。对于车辆被车主和家属以外的人使用的用车场景中,如果不对车辆中的个人数据进行保护,容易导致个人数据的泄露。A smart car can be regarded as a computer-centered mobile terminal computing device. Smart cars are similar to mobile smart terminals. They can have multiple user roles and process personal data of various roles. For example, taking a family car as an example, users include the car owner, family members, car borrowers, and drivers. For example, taking the car rental scenario as an example, users include vehicle owners, car rental company employees, and car rental personnel. For car use scenarios where the vehicle is used by people other than the car owner and family members, if the personal data in the vehicle is not protected, it may easily lead to the leakage of personal data.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例公开了一种车辆访问权限控制方法及相关装置,能够保护车主、亲友、代驾人员、车内乘客以及车外行人等各方利益干系人的个人数据。The embodiment of this application discloses a vehicle access authority control method and related devices, which can protect the personal data of various stakeholders such as vehicle owners, relatives and friends, driving personnel, passengers in the vehicle, and pedestrians outside the vehicle.
第一方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制方法,该方法包括:In the first aspect, this application provides a vehicle access authority control method, which method includes:
基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The first mode is determined based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users. , the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the aforementioned vehicle; and the mode of the aforementioned vehicle is switched to the aforementioned first mode.
本方案通过针对多种不同的使用者提供不同的限制访问数据的模式,可以保护车辆中的个人信息不被泄露,同时可以尽可能地为不同的使用者提供更多的服务,提高用户体验。By providing different modes of restricting access to data for a variety of different users, this solution can protect personal information in the vehicle from being leaked, and at the same time, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible and improve the user experience.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
前述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,还包括:Before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes:
接收前述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,前述登录信息包括前述第一用户的身份信息;Receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限。Based on the aforementioned login information, the aforementioned first user is provided with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle.
本方案中,第一用户登录车辆的用户系统后,可以指示车辆锁定第一模式,并将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。该第一模式例如可以是代客模式、维修模式、二手车模式等。其中,上述代客模式可以是车辆为第三用户提供的使用模式。该第三用户例如可以是借车人员、租车人员或代驾人员等外部人员。在代客模式下,车辆默认隐藏车主的个人数据并禁用涉及车主私人的功能。上述维修模式可以是车辆为第四用户提供的使用模式。该第四用户可以是维修人员等。在该维修模式下,车辆上述的个人数据被加密隔离,无法通过外部设备访问或拷贝。上述二手车交易模式可以用于车辆在二手车交易过程中的手续交接的场景。本方案在将车辆交由其他人使用前,第一用户可以提前将车辆的模式切换到对应的数据保护模式,以限制其他人访问车辆中的个人数据,进而实现了个人数据的保护。In this solution, after logging into the vehicle's user system, the first user can instruct the vehicle to lock the first mode and switch the vehicle's mode to the first mode. The first mode may be, for example, a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a used car mode, or the like. The above-mentioned valet mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for a third user. The third user may be, for example, an external person such as a car loaner, a car rental person, or a driving agent. In valet mode, the vehicle hides the owner's personal data by default and disables features involving the owner's privacy. The above-mentioned maintenance mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the fourth user. The fourth user may be a maintenance personnel or the like. In this maintenance mode, the above-mentioned personal data of the vehicle is encrypted and isolated and cannot be accessed or copied through external devices. The above-mentioned second-hand car transaction model can be used in the scenario of vehicle handover during the second-hand car transaction process. In this solution, before handing over the vehicle to others for use, the first user can switch the vehicle's mode to the corresponding data protection mode in advance to restrict other people's access to personal data in the vehicle, thus achieving the protection of personal data.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,还包括:In a possible implementation, after determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes:
查询前述车辆的行驶状态;Check the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle;
前述将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式,包括:The aforementioned switching of the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode includes:
在前述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。When the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode.
本方案中只有在停车状态下可以进行模式切换,保证车辆和用户的安全。并且可以避免 因误操作导致模式切换带来的安全隐患。In this solution, mode switching can only be performed when the vehicle is parked to ensure the safety of the vehicle and users. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,前述将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之前,还包括:In a possible implementation, after determining the first mode based on the first indication information and before switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, the method further includes:
配置前述第一模式的退出码,前述退出码为用于退出前述第一模式的验证码。Configure the exit code of the aforementioned first mode. The aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
本方案中通过设置退出码使得只有知道退出码的人员可以退出该第一模式,避免其他人随意退出模式导致数据泄露。In this solution, by setting the exit code, only those who know the exit code can exit the first mode, preventing other people from arbitrarily exiting the mode and causing data leakage.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:在前述第一模式下,执行前述车辆的第一用户的所有权的移交,前述第一用户的授权权限的移交,解除前述车辆与前述第一用户的身份绑定,前述车辆与前述车辆新的所有者的身份绑定,或删除前述车辆中的个人数据中的一项或多项操作,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned method further includes: in the aforementioned first mode, executing the transfer of ownership of the first user of the aforementioned vehicle, the transfer of the aforementioned first user’s authorization authority, and releasing the relationship between the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned first user. The identity binding of the aforementioned vehicle is bound to the identity of the new owner of the aforementioned vehicle, or one or more operations of deleting the personal data in the aforementioned vehicle, and the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
本方案中的第一模式为前述的二手车交易模式,在二手车交易模式下车辆可以执行上述描述的操作,从而提高了二手车交接手续办理的效率。The first mode in this solution is the aforementioned second-hand car transaction mode. In the second-hand car transaction mode, vehicles can perform the operations described above, thereby improving the efficiency of second-hand car handover procedures.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第二用户登录前述车辆的用户系统的信息,前述第一指示信息包括前述第二用户的身份信息,前述第二用户为第一用户授权登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle, the first instruction information includes the identity information of the second user, and the second user is authorized to log in by the first user. As a user of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
本方案中第一模式可以是亲友模式。亲友模式可以是车辆为第二用户提供的使用模式。该第二用户可以是车主的家庭成员、专职司机、亲戚朋友等。示例性地,在亲友模式下,车辆默认提供与上述车主模式相同的功能使用权限。或者亲友模式也可以根据第一用户的自定义配置限制第二用户使用车辆中的部分功能,以达到车辆中个人数据保护的目的。本方案中,第二用户可以在第一用户授权后,自主登录车辆的用户系统进入对应的亲友模式,方便灵活,提高了第二用户的用车体验。The first mode in this solution may be the friends and relatives mode. Friends and family mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle to a second user. The second user can be the car owner's family member, full-time driver, relative or friend, etc. For example, in the friends and family mode, the vehicle provides the same function usage rights as the above-mentioned car owner mode by default. Or the friends and family mode can also restrict the second user from using some functions in the vehicle based on the first user's customized configuration to achieve the purpose of protecting personal data in the vehicle. In this solution, the second user can independently log in to the vehicle's user system and enter the corresponding friends and family mode after the first user authorizes it, which is convenient and flexible and improves the second user's car experience.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,还包括:基于前述第一用户输入的指示信息在前述车辆的用户系统中注册前述第二用户的身份信息。In a possible implementation, before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes: registering the identity information of the second user in the user system of the vehicle based on the indication information input by the first user.
本方案中亲友模式需要第一用户授权后才可使用,因此在第二用户登录车辆的用户系统前,需要有第一用户先将第二用户的身份信息注册到用户系统。In this solution, the friends and family mode requires authorization from the first user before it can be used. Therefore, before the second user logs in to the vehicle's user system, the first user needs to register the second user's identity information into the user system.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: configuring the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
本方案中可以自定义地灵活配置数据保护模式的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。In this solution, the function usage status of the data protection mode can be customized and flexibly configured, which can realize the configuration requirements of different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,还包括:In a possible implementation, after configuring the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user, the method further includes:
基于第三指示信息将前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的功能使用状态;第一应用场景为前述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,前述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。Based on the third instruction information, the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the plurality of application scenarios in the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned plurality of Different application scenarios in the application scenario have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
本方案中同一个数据保护模式可以有多种不同应用场景的功能配置,并且可以对应保存该不同应用场景的功能配置,以便后续可以直接选择使用,提高数据保护模式的切换效率。In this solution, the same data protection mode can have functional configurations for multiple different application scenarios, and the functional configurations of the different application scenarios can be saved correspondingly so that they can be directly selected and used later to improve the switching efficiency of the data protection mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:查询前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;发送显示指令,前述显示指令用于指示显示前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: querying the function usage status configured in the first mode; sending a display instruction, where the display instruction is used to instruct display of the function usage status configured in the first mode.
本方案中可以查询数据保护模式中配置的功能使用状态,快速了解数据保护模式下的各个功能使用状态。In this solution, you can query the usage status of functions configured in data protection mode and quickly understand the usage status of each function in data protection mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:在感知到对前述车辆的预设动作的情况下, 启动前述多个数据保护模式中的第二模式;前述第二模式用于指示前述车辆的摄像头拍摄前述车辆周围的影像。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: upon sensing a preset action on the vehicle, activating a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes; the second mode is used to indicate the location of the vehicle. The camera captures images around the aforementioned vehicle.
本方案中第二模式为车外拍摄提示模式,通过这种模式可以快速了解车辆周围的情况,以及时察觉车辆周围的异常,保护车辆。The second mode in this solution is the outside-vehicle shooting prompt mode. Through this mode, you can quickly understand the situation around the vehicle, detect abnormalities around the vehicle in a timely manner, and protect the vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之后,还包括:基于第四指示信息启用第三模式;前述第三模式用于检测前述车辆内的乘客的状态。In a possible implementation, after switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, the step further includes: activating a third mode based on fourth indication information; the third mode is used to detect the status of the passengers in the vehicle.
本方案中的第三模式为乘客保护模式,通过乘客保护模式可以及时发现乘客的安全隐患,保护乘客不受伤害。The third mode in this solution is the passenger protection mode. Through the passenger protection mode, safety hazards of passengers can be discovered in time and passengers can be protected from harm.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之后,还包括:基于第五指示信息启用第四模式;前述第四模式用于关闭前述车辆内的摄像头和/或麦克风。In a possible implementation, after switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, the method further includes: activating a fourth mode based on the fifth instruction information; the fourth mode is used to turn off the camera in the vehicle and/or microphone.
本方案中的第四模式为另一种乘客保护模式,通过该乘客保护模式车辆无法获取乘客的图像和/或声音,从而可以保护乘车人的个人数据不外泄。The fourth mode in this solution is another passenger protection mode. Through this passenger protection mode, the vehicle cannot obtain the images and/or sounds of the passengers, thereby protecting the passengers' personal data from being leaked.
第二方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制方法,该方法包括:In the second aspect, this application provides a vehicle access permission control method, which method includes:
基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;The first mode is determined based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users. , the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
向前述车辆发送第一消息;前述第一消息指示将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式;Send a first message to the aforementioned vehicle; the aforementioned first message indicates switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
接收第一响应消息;前述第一响应消息指示前述车辆的模式已切换为前述第一模式。A first response message is received; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
本方案的执行主体可以是终端设备,通过与车辆的交互通信指示车辆进行模式的切换。本方案中,针对多种不同的使用者提供不同的限制访问数据的模式,在保护车主数据的同时可以尽可能地为不同的使用者提供更多的服务,提高用户体验。The execution subject of this solution can be a terminal device, which instructs the vehicle to switch modes through interactive communication with the vehicle. In this solution, different modes of restricting data access are provided for a variety of different users. While protecting the car owner's data, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible and improve the user experience.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
前述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,还包括:Before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes:
接收前述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,前述登录信息包括前述第一用户的身份信息;Receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限。Based on the aforementioned login information, the aforementioned first user is provided with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle.
本方案中,第一用户登录车辆的用户系统后,可以指示车辆锁定第一模式,并将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。该第一模式例如可以是上述代客模式、维修模式、二手车模式等。本方案在将车辆交由其他人使用前,第一用户可以提前将车辆的模式切换到对应的数据保护模式,以限制其他人访问车辆中的个人数据,进而实现了个人数据的保护。In this solution, after logging into the vehicle's user system, the first user can instruct the vehicle to lock the first mode and switch the vehicle's mode to the first mode. The first mode may be, for example, the above-mentioned valet mode, maintenance mode, used car mode, etc. In this solution, before handing over the vehicle to others for use, the first user can switch the vehicle's mode to the corresponding data protection mode in advance to restrict other people's access to personal data in the vehicle, thus achieving the protection of personal data.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限之后,还包括:In a possible implementation, after providing the first user with the function usage rights of the vehicle based on the login information, the method further includes:
基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。The functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode are configured based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
本方案中可以自定义地灵活配置数据保护模式的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。In this solution, the function usage status of the data protection mode can be customized and flexibly configured, which can realize the configuration requirements of different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,还包括:In a possible implementation, after configuring the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user, the method further includes:
基于第三指示信息将前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的状态;第一应用场景为前述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,前述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。Based on the third instruction information, the function usage status configured in the first mode is saved as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios in the first mode, and the multiple application scenarios are The function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode corresponding to different application scenarios is different.
本方案中同一个数据保护模式可以有多种不同应用场景的功能配置,并且可以对应保存 该不同应用场景的功能配置,以便后续可以直接选择使用,提高数据保护模式的切换效率。In this solution, the same data protection mode can have functional configurations for multiple different application scenarios, and the functional configurations for different application scenarios can be saved accordingly so that they can be directly selected for use later, improving the efficiency of switching data protection modes.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:查询前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;显示前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: querying the function usage status configured in the first mode; displaying the function usage status configured in the first mode.
本方案中可以查询数据保护模式中配置的功能使用状态,快速了解数据保护模式下的各个功能使用状态。In this solution, you can query the usage status of functions configured in data protection mode and quickly understand the usage status of each function in data protection mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,前述基于前述确定的第一模式向前述车辆发送第一消息之前,还包括:In a possible implementation, after the first mode is determined based on the first indication information and before the first message is sent to the vehicle based on the determined first mode, the method further includes:
配置前述第一模式的退出码,前述退出码为用于退出前述第一模式的验证码。Configure the exit code of the aforementioned first mode. The aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
本方案中通过设置退出码使得只有知道退出码的人员可以退出该第一模式,避免其他人随意退出模式导致数据泄露。In this solution, by setting the exit code, only those who know the exit code can exit the first mode, preventing other people from arbitrarily exiting the mode and causing data leakage.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:基于第一用户输入的指示信息在前述车辆的用户系统中注册第二用户的身份信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户,前述第二用户的身份信息用于前述第二用户以第二模式使用前述车辆,前述第二模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned method further includes: registering the identity information of the second user in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user, and the aforementioned first user is a user with no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle, The identity information of the second user is used for the second user to use the vehicle in a second mode, and the second mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
本方案中亲友模式需要第一用户授权后才可使用,因此在第二用户登录车辆的用户系统前,需要有第一用户先将第二用户的身份信息注册到用户系统,即授权第二用户可以登录该用户系统。第二用户获得第一用户授权后,自主登录车辆的用户系统进入对应的亲友模式,方便灵活,提高了第二用户的用车体验。In this solution, the friends and family mode requires authorization from the first user before it can be used. Therefore, before the second user logs in to the vehicle's user system, the first user needs to register the second user's identity information into the user system, that is, authorize the second user. You can log in to the user system. After the second user obtains authorization from the first user, the user system that logs in to the vehicle independently enters the corresponding friends and family mode, which is convenient and flexible and improves the second user's car experience.
第三方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制方法,该方法包括:In the third aspect, this application provides a vehicle access authority control method, which method includes:
接收第一消息;前述第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式;前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一个模式;前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;Receive the first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the first mode is one of the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include protection for at least two Modes provided by different vehicle users, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the aforementioned vehicles;
将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式;Switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
发送第一响应消息;前述第一响应消息指示前述车辆的模式已切换为前述第一模式。Send a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
本方案的执行主体可以是车辆或车辆中的车机控制系统,可以与上述终端设备进行交互通信,从而可以基于终端设备的指示进行车辆的模式的切换。本方案中,针对多种不同的使用者提供不同的限制访问数据的模式,在保护车主数据的同时可以尽可能地为不同的使用者提供更多的服务,提高用户体验。The execution subject of this solution can be a vehicle or a vehicle-machine control system in the vehicle, which can interact and communicate with the above-mentioned terminal device, so that the mode of the vehicle can be switched based on instructions from the terminal device. In this solution, different modes of restricting data access are provided for a variety of different users. While protecting the car owner's data, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible and improve the user experience.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述接收第一消息之后,还包括:查询前述车辆的行驶状态;In a possible implementation, after receiving the first message, the method further includes: querying the driving status of the vehicle;
前述基于前述第一消息将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式,包括:在前述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,基于前述第一消息将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The aforementioned switching of the mode of the vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message includes: when the aforementioned vehicle is in a stopped state, switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message.
本方案中只有在停车状态下可以进行模式切换,保证车辆和用户的安全。并且可以避免因误操作导致模式切换带来的安全隐患。In this solution, mode switching can only be performed when the vehicle is parked to ensure the safety of the vehicle and users. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述接收第一消息之后,还包括:查询当前登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户的身份信息;前述将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式,包括:在前述用户的身份信息为第一用户的身份信息的情况下,将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In a possible implementation, after receiving the first message, the method further includes: querying the identity information of the user currently logged in to the user system of the vehicle; and switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, including: If the identity information is the identity information of the first user, the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode, and the first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle.
本方案中,在进行车辆的模式切换之前可以先进行当前登录用户的身份验证,只有第一用户才有权限进行模式的切换,从而保护了车辆不会被其它人控制。In this solution, the identity of the currently logged-in user can be verified before switching modes of the vehicle. Only the first user has the authority to switch modes, thereby protecting the vehicle from being controlled by others.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the aforementioned method further includes:
接收登录信息,前述登录信息包括第二用户的身份信息,前述第二用户为第一用户授权 登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;Receive login information, the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the second user, the aforementioned second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, and the aforementioned first user is a user with no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle;
为前述第二用户提供第二模式的功能使用权限,前述第二模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。The second user is provided with function usage rights in a second mode, where the second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle.
本方案中第二模式可以是上述亲友模式。本方案中,第二用户可以在第一用户授权后,自主登录车辆的用户系统进入对应的亲友模式,方便灵活,提高了第二用户的用车体验。The second mode in this solution may be the above-mentioned family and friends mode. In this solution, the second user can independently log in to the vehicle's user system and enter the corresponding friends and family mode after the first user authorizes it, which is convenient and flexible and improves the second user's car experience.
第四方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制装置,该装置包括在该车辆中,该装置包括:In a fourth aspect, this application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes:
确定单元,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;A determining unit configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different vehicles. The mode provided by the user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
切换单元,用于将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。A switching unit is used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
前述装置还包括接收单元,用于在确定单元基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,接收前述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,前述登录信息包括前述第一用户的身份信息;The aforementioned device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
前述装置还包括提供单元,用于基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限。The aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,用于在确定单元基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,查询前述车辆的行驶状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information;
前述切换单元具体用于:在前述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The switching unit is specifically used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode when the vehicle is in a stopped state.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括第一配置单元,用于在确定单元基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,切换单元将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之前,配置前述第一模式的退出码,前述退出码为用于退出前述第一模式的验证码。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a first configuration unit configured to configure the aforementioned vehicle before the switching unit switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information. The exit code of the first mode, the aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括执行单元,用于:In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes an execution unit for:
在前述第一模式下,执行前述车辆的第一用户的所有权的移交,前述第一用户的授权权限的移交,解除前述车辆与前述第一用户的身份绑定,前述车辆与前述车辆新的所有者的身份绑定,或删除前述车辆中的个人数据中的一项或多项操作,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In the aforementioned first mode, the ownership of the first user of the aforementioned vehicle is transferred, the authorization rights of the aforementioned first user are transferred, the identity binding of the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned first user is released, and the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned vehicle are newly owned. Binding the user's identity, or deleting one or more operations of the personal data in the aforementioned vehicle. The aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第二用户登录前述车辆的用户系统的信息,前述第一指示信息包括前述第二用户的身份信息,前述第二用户为第一用户授权登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle, the first instruction information includes the identity information of the second user, and the second user is authorized to log in by the first user. As a user of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括注册单元,用于在确定单元基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,基于前述第一用户输入的指示信息在前述车辆的用户系统中注册前述第二用户的身份信息。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a registration unit configured to register the aforementioned third mode in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first instruction information. 2. User’s identity information.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括第二配置单元,用于基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a second configuration unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括保存单元,用于在前述第二配置单元基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,基于第三指示信息将前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的功能使用状态;第一应用场景为前述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,前述多个应用场景中不同应用 场景对应的前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user based on the second configuration unit, Based on the third instruction information, the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the plurality of application scenarios in the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned plurality of Different application scenarios in the application scenario have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,用于查询前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
前述装置还包括发送单元,用于发送显示指令,前述显示指令用于指示显示前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。The aforementioned device further includes a sending unit for sending a display instruction, and the aforementioned display instruction is used for instructing to display the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括启动单元,用于在感知到对前述车辆的预设动作的情况下,启动前述多个数据保护模式中的第二模式;前述第二模式用于指示前述车辆的摄像头拍摄前述车辆周围的影像。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a starting unit configured to activate a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes upon sensing a preset action on the vehicle; the second mode is used to Instruct the camera of the aforementioned vehicle to capture images around the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括启用单元,用于在前述切换单元将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之后,基于第四指示信息启用第三模式;前述第三模式用于检测前述车辆内的乘客的状态。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes an enabling unit configured to enable a third mode based on the fourth indication information after the switching unit switches the mode of the vehicle to the aforementioned first mode; the aforementioned third mode is used for Detect the status of the passengers in the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述启用单元,还用于在前述切换单元将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之后,基于第五指示信息启用第四模式;前述第四模式用于关闭前述车辆内的摄像头和/或麦克风。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned enabling unit is also used to enable the fourth mode based on the fifth instruction information after the aforementioned switching unit switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode; the aforementioned fourth mode is used to turn off the aforementioned Cameras and/or microphones in the vehicle.
第五方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,该终端设备包括:In a fifth aspect, this application provides a terminal device, which includes:
确定单元,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;A determining unit configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different vehicles. The mode provided by the user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
发送单元,用于向前述车辆发送第一消息;前述第一消息指示将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式;A sending unit, configured to send a first message to the aforementioned vehicle; the aforementioned first message indicates switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
接收单元,用于接收第一响应消息;前述第一响应消息指示前述车辆的模式已切换为前述第一模式。The receiving unit is configured to receive a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
前述终端设备还包括接收单元,用于在确定单元基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,接收前述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,前述登录信息包括前述第一用户的身份信息;The aforementioned terminal device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
前述终端设备还包括提供单元,用于基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限。The aforementioned terminal device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括第一配置单元,用于在前述提供单元基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限之后,基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a first configuration unit configured to, after the aforementioned providing unit provides the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information, based on the first user inputted by the aforementioned first user. The second instruction information configures the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括保存单元,用于在前述第一配置单元基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,基于第三指示信息将前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的状态;第一应用场景为前述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,前述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。In a possible implementation, the terminal device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode after the first configuration unit configures the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user. , based on the third instruction information, save the function usage status configured in the first mode as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios in the first mode, and the multiple applications Different application scenarios in the scene have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括查询单元,用于查询前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
前述终端设备还包括显示单元,用于显示前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。The aforementioned terminal device further includes a display unit for displaying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括第二配置单元,用于在前述确定单元基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,前述发送单元基于前述确定的第一模式向前述车辆发送第 一消息之前,配置前述第一模式的退出码,前述退出码为用于退出前述第一模式的验证码。In a possible implementation, the terminal device further includes a second configuration unit configured to send the sending unit to the vehicle based on the determined first mode after the determining unit determines the first mode based on the first indication information. Before a message, configure the exit code of the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括注册单元,用于基于第一用户输入的指示信息在前述车辆的用户系统中注册第二用户的身份信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户,前述第二用户的身份信息用于前述第二用户以第二模式使用前述车辆,前述第二模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a registration unit, configured to register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user, and the aforementioned first user has no knowledge of the aforementioned vehicle. For users with restricted access, the identity information of the second user is used for the second user to use the vehicle in a second mode, and the second mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
第六方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制装置,该装置包括在该车辆中,该装置包括:In a sixth aspect, this application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes:
接收单元,用于接收第一消息;前述第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式;前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一个模式;前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;The receiving unit is configured to receive the first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the first mode is one of the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle The modes include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users, and the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
切换单元,用于将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式;A switching unit used to switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
发送单元,用于发送第一响应消息;前述第一响应消息指示前述车辆的模式已切换为前述第一模式。A sending unit, configured to send a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,用于在前述接收单元接收第一消息之后,查询前述车辆的行驶状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit receives the first message;
前述切换单元,具体用于:在前述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,基于前述第一消息将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The aforementioned switching unit is specifically configured to: when the aforementioned vehicle is in a stopped state, switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,还用于在前述接收单元接收第一消息之后,查询当前登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户的身份信息;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit, further configured to query the identity information of the user currently logged in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit receives the first message;
前述切换单元,具体用于:在前述用户的身份信息为第一用户的身份信息的情况下,将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。The aforementioned switching unit is specifically used to: switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode when the identity information of the aforementioned user is the identity information of the first user, and the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the aforementioned vehicle. .
一种可能的实施方式中,前述接收单元还用于:接收登录信息,前述登录信息包括第二用户的身份信息,前述第二用户为第一用户授权登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned receiving unit is further configured to: receive login information. The aforementioned login information includes the identity information of a second user. The aforementioned second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle. The aforementioned third user One user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicles;
前述装置还包括提供单元,用于为前述第二用户提供第二模式的功能使用权限,前述第二模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。The aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned second user with function usage rights in a second mode, where the aforementioned second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the aforementioned vehicle.
第七方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制装置,该装置包括在该车辆中,该装置包括处理器和存储器。存储器与处理器耦合,处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机程序时,可以实现上述第一方面任一项描述的车辆访问权限控制方法。该装置还可以包括通信接口,通信接口用于该装置与其它装置进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes a processor and a memory. The memory is coupled to the processor. When the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the vehicle access permission control method described in any one of the above first aspects can be implemented. The device may also include a communication interface for the device to communicate with other devices. For example, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
在一种可能的实现中,该装置可以包括:In one possible implementation, the device may include:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs;
处理器,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,该第一模式为该车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,该车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,该多个数据保护模式用于限制访问该车辆的数据;将该车辆的模式切换为该第一模式。A processor configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle. The plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different vehicles. The mode provided by the user, the plurality of data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the vehicle; the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode.
需要说明的是,本申请中存储器中的计算机程序可以预先存储也可以使用该装置时从互联网下载后存储,本申请对于存储器中计算机程序的来源不进行具体限定。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或连接,其可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。It should be noted that in this application, the computer program in the memory can be stored in advance or can be downloaded from the Internet and stored when using the device. This application does not specifically limit the source of the computer program in the memory. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
第八方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,该终端设备包括处理器和存储器。该存储器与处理器耦合,处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机程序时,可以实现上述第二方面任一项描述的车辆访问权限控制方法。该设备还可以包括通信接口,通信接口用于该设备与其它设备进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a terminal device, which includes a processor and a memory. The memory is coupled to a processor, and when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the vehicle access permission control method described in any one of the above second aspects can be implemented. The device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices. For example, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
在一种可能的实现中,该设备可以包括:In one possible implementation, the device may include:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs;
处理器,用于:Processor for:
基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,该第一模式为该车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,该车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,该多个数据保护模式用于限制访问该车辆的数据;A first mode is determined based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle. The plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle include modes provided for at least two different vehicle users. , the multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the vehicle's data;
通过通信接口向该车辆发送第一消息;该第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为该第一模式;Send a first message to the vehicle through the communication interface; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
通过通信接口接收第一响应消息;该第一响应消息指示车辆的模式已切换为该第一模式。A first response message is received through the communication interface; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
需要说明的是,本申请中存储器中的计算机程序可以预先存储也可以使用该设备时从互联网下载后存储,本申请对于存储器中计算机程序的来源不进行具体限定。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或连接,其可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。It should be noted that the computer program in the memory in this application can be stored in advance or downloaded from the Internet when using the device. This application does not specifically limit the source of the computer program in the memory. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
第九方面,本申请提供一种车辆访问权限控制装置,该装置包括在该车辆中,该装置包括处理器和存储器。存储器与处理器耦合,处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机程序时,可以实现上述第三方面任一项描述的车辆访问权限控制方法。该装置还可以包括通信接口,通信接口用于该装置与其它装置进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a vehicle access authority control device, which is included in the vehicle and includes a processor and a memory. The memory is coupled to the processor, and when the processor executes the computer program stored in the memory, the vehicle access permission control method described in any one of the above third aspects can be implemented. The device may also include a communication interface for the device to communicate with other devices. For example, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
在一种可能的实现中,该装置可以包括:In one possible implementation, the device may include:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs;
处理器,用于:Processor for:
通过通信接口接收第一消息;该第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式;该第一模式为该车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一个模式;该车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,该多个数据保护模式用于限制访问该车辆的数据;A first message is received through the communication interface; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to a first mode; the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include The plurality of data protection modes are provided for at least two different modes for vehicle users, and the plurality of data protection modes are used to restrict access to data of the vehicle;
将该车辆的模式切换为该第一模式;Switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
通过通信接口发送第一响应消息;该第一响应消息指示该车辆的模式已切换为第一模式。A first response message is sent through the communication interface; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
需要说明的是,本申请中存储器中的计算机程序可以预先存储也可以使用该装置时从互联网下载后存储,本申请对于存储器中计算机程序的来源不进行具体限定。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或连接,其可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。It should be noted that in this application, the computer program in the memory can be stored in advance or can be downloaded from the Internet and stored when using the device. This application does not specifically limit the source of the computer program in the memory. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
第十方面,本申请提供一种车辆,该车辆包括上述第四方面、第六方面、第七方面或第九方面任一项所述的车辆访问权限控制装置。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a vehicle, which includes the vehicle access control device described in any one of the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect or the ninth aspect.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,前述计算机程序被处理器执行以实现上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的实施方式所述的方法;In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program. The computer program is executed by a processor to implement the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect. the method described in the method;
第十二方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,前述计算机程序被处理器执行以实现上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法;In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program. The computer program is executed by a processor to implement the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. the method described in the method;
第十三方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,前述计算机程序被处理器执行以实现上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program. The computer program is executed by a processor to implement the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect. method as described.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被处理器执行时,上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法将被执行。In a fourteenth aspect, this application provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is executed by a processor, the method described in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect will be executed.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被处理器执行时,上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法将被执行。In a fifteenth aspect, this application provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is executed by a processor, the method described in the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect will be executed.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被处理器执行时,上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法将被执行。In a sixteenth aspect, this application provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is executed by a processor, the method described in the above third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect will be executed.
上述第四方面至第十六方面提供的方案,用于实现或配合实现上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面中对应提供的方法,因此可以与第一方面、第二方面或第三方面中对应的方法达到相同或相应的有益效果,此处不再进行赘述。The solutions provided in the above-mentioned fourth to sixteenth aspects are used to implement or cooperate with the methods provided in the above-mentioned first, second or third aspects, and therefore can be combined with the first, second or third aspects. Corresponding methods in aspects achieve the same or corresponding beneficial effects, and will not be described again here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1所示为本申请实施例提供的应用场景示意图;Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2所示为本申请实施例提供的车机控制系统的结构示意图;Figure 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle control system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3所示为本申请实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图;Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4所示为本申请实施例提供的方法流程示意图;Figure 4 shows a schematic flow chart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5至图10所示为本申请实施例提供的方法交互流程示意图;Figures 5 to 10 show a schematic diagram of the interaction flow of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11至图13所示为本申请实施例提供的装置的逻辑结构示意图;Figures 11 to 13 show a schematic diagram of the logical structure of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14和图15所示为本申请实施例提供的装置的硬件结构示意图。Figures 14 and 15 show a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将对本申请实施例中所需要使用的附图作介绍。The drawings needed to be used in the embodiments of this application will be introduced below.
参见图1,示例性示出了本申请实例的应用场景示意图。在该应用场景中车辆100可以与用户110进行人机交互。示例性地,车辆100可以通过显示屏102或麦克风105等人机交互装置与用户110进行人机交互。除了显示屏102和麦克风105,车辆100还包括车机控制系统101、存储器103和摄像头104等。Referring to Figure 1, a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an example of this application is schematically shown. In this application scenario, the vehicle 100 can perform human-computer interaction with the user 110 . For example, the vehicle 100 can perform human-computer interaction with the user 110 through a human-computer interaction device such as the display screen 102 or the microphone 105 . In addition to the display screen 102 and the microphone 105, the vehicle 100 also includes a vehicle control system 101, a memory 103, a camera 104, etc.
上述车机控制系统101是车辆100的计算系统,也是车辆100的控制中心。The above-mentioned vehicle control system 101 is the computing system of the vehicle 100 and is also the control center of the vehicle 100 .
示例性地,可以参见图2。车机控制系统101可以包括整车模式管理模块1011、权限管理模块1012和用户系统1013。其中,整车模式管理模块1011可以用于管理车辆100和车辆100中各个部件的状态。权限管理模块1012用于管理所述车辆的用户可使用的功能权限。用户系统1013用于管理所述车辆的用户信息,例如管理用户的身份信息等。For example, see Figure 2 . The vehicle control system 101 may include a vehicle mode management module 1011, a rights management module 1012 and a user system 1013. Among them, the vehicle mode management module 1011 can be used to manage the status of the vehicle 100 and various components in the vehicle 100 . The rights management module 1012 is used to manage the function rights available to the user of the vehicle. The user system 1013 is used to manage the user information of the vehicle, such as managing the user's identity information, etc.
一种可能的实施例中,上述整车模式管理模块1011、权限管理模块1012和用户系统1013可以部署在车辆100的处理单元上。示例性地,该整车模式管理模块1011、权限管理模块1012和用户系统1013可以部署在同一个处理单元上。或者,示例性地,该整车模式管理模块1011、权限管理模块1012和用户系统1013可以分别部署在不同的处理单元上。本申请对该整车模式管理模块1011、权限管理模块1012和用户系统1013的具体部署不做限制。In a possible embodiment, the above-mentioned vehicle mode management module 1011, authority management module 1012 and user system 1013 can be deployed on the processing unit of the vehicle 100. For example, the vehicle mode management module 1011, the authority management module 1012 and the user system 1013 can be deployed on the same processing unit. Or, for example, the vehicle mode management module 1011, the authority management module 1012 and the user system 1013 can be deployed on different processing units respectively. This application does not limit the specific deployment of the vehicle mode management module 1011, the authority management module 1012 and the user system 1013.
上述显示屏102用于显示可操作的用户界面。通过显示屏102可以实现车辆100与用户110的人机交互。该显示屏102可以是物理显示屏或者可以是虚拟显示屏。The above-mentioned display screen 102 is used to display an operable user interface. Human-computer interaction between the vehicle 100 and the user 110 can be realized through the display screen 102 . The display screen 102 may be a physical display screen or may be a virtual display screen.
上述存储器103可以用于存储车辆100的用户信息和各种配置的功能状态信息等。关于该配置的功能状态信息可以参见后续的介绍,此处暂不详述。The above-mentioned memory 103 may be used to store user information of the vehicle 100 and functional status information of various configurations, etc. For the functional status information of this configuration, please refer to the subsequent introduction, and will not be detailed here.
上述摄像头104可以包括车辆100内部的摄像头和外部的摄像头。其中,车辆100内部的摄像头可以用于采集车辆100内部的图像信息。例如可以采集车辆100内的人脸图像等等。车辆100外部的摄像头可以用于采集车辆100外部的图像信息。例如可以采集车辆100周围环境的图像等等。The above-mentioned cameras 104 may include cameras inside the vehicle 100 and cameras outside the vehicle 100 . Among them, the camera inside the vehicle 100 can be used to collect image information inside the vehicle 100 . For example, facial images in the vehicle 100 and so on can be collected. The camera outside the vehicle 100 may be used to collect image information outside the vehicle 100 . For example, images of the environment surrounding the vehicle 100 may be collected, and so on.
上述麦克风105可以用于接收用户110的语音信息等。通过麦克风105接收用户110的语音信息也可以实现车辆100与用户110的人机交互。The above-mentioned microphone 105 can be used to receive voice information of the user 110 and so on. Human-computer interaction between the vehicle 100 and the user 110 can also be realized by receiving the voice information of the user 110 through the microphone 105 .
参见图3,示例性示出了本申请实例的另一种应用场景示意图。在图3所示的应用场景中,用户110可以通过终端设备120来控制车辆100。具体的,终端设备120可以与车辆100进行通信。示例性地,终端设备120可以通过云端服务器与车辆100进行通信。然后,用户110可以与终端设备120进行人机交互,通过终端设备120向车辆100发送消息来控制车辆100。示例性地,用户110可以通过终端设备120提供的用户界面或语音功能与终端设备120进行人机交互。Referring to Figure 3, another schematic diagram of an application scenario of an example of the present application is schematically shown. In the application scenario shown in FIG. 3 , the user 110 can control the vehicle 100 through the terminal device 120 . Specifically, the terminal device 120 can communicate with the vehicle 100 . For example, the terminal device 120 may communicate with the vehicle 100 through a cloud server. Then, the user 110 can perform human-computer interaction with the terminal device 120 and send messages to the vehicle 100 through the terminal device 120 to control the vehicle 100 . For example, the user 110 can perform human-computer interaction with the terminal device 120 through a user interface or voice function provided by the terminal device 120 .
示例性地,上述终端设备可以包括但不限于任何一种基于智能操作系统的电子产品,其可与用户通过键盘、虚拟键盘、触摸板、触摸屏以及声控设备等输入设备来进行人机交互。诸如智能手机、平板电脑、手持计算机或可穿戴电子设备(例如智能手环或智能手表等等)。本申请实施例对终端设备的具体形态不做限制。For example, the above-mentioned terminal device may include but is not limited to any electronic product based on an intelligent operating system, which can perform human-computer interaction with the user through input devices such as keyboards, virtual keyboards, touch pads, touch screens, and voice control devices. Such as smartphones, tablets, handheld computers or wearable electronic devices (such as smart bracelets or smart watches, etc.). The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
对于上述图1和图3的应用场景,用户110可以包括多种不同的用户。例如包括车主、车主的家庭成员、车主的亲友、租车人员、借车人员、代驾人员或维修人员等等。其中,车主指的是车辆100的所有者。租车人员指的是租用车辆100的人。借车人员指的是借用车辆100的人。代驾人员指的是代为驾驶车辆100的人。维修人员指的是维修车辆100的人。For the above application scenarios of Figure 1 and Figure 3, the users 110 may include a variety of different users. For example, it includes the car owner, the car owner's family members, the car owner's relatives and friends, car rental personnel, car loaners, driving personnel or maintenance personnel, etc. Among them, the vehicle owner refers to the owner of the vehicle 100 . A car rental person refers to a person who rents a vehicle 100. The person who borrows the car refers to the person who borrows the vehicle 100. The driver refers to the person who drives the vehicle 100 on his behalf. Maintenance personnel refers to people who maintain vehicles 100.
基于上述的描述,在具体的用车场景中,会有各种不同的用户使用车辆。而车辆上有车主或其家庭成员等用户的个人数据,如果不对车辆中的个人数据进行保护,容易导致个人数据的泄露。为此,本申请实施例提供了一种车辆访问权限控制方法,用于保护车主及其家庭成员、亲友、代驾人员、车内乘客以及车外行人等各方利益干系人的个人数据。Based on the above description, in specific car use scenarios, there will be various users using the vehicle. There is personal data of users such as car owners or their family members on the vehicle. If the personal data in the vehicle is not protected, it will easily lead to the leakage of personal data. To this end, embodiments of this application provide a vehicle access permission control method to protect the personal data of various stakeholders such as car owners, family members, relatives and friends, driving personnel, passengers in the vehicle, and pedestrians outside the vehicle.
一种可能的实施例中,本申请实施例提供的车辆访问权限控制方法的执行主体为车辆中的车机控制系统。这种情况下,车机控制系统通过人机交互的方式接收用户的指令,然后基于该接收到的指令实现该车辆访问权限控制方法。另一种可能的实施例中,本申请实施例提供的车辆访问权限控制方法可以通过终端设备和车辆的交互通信来实现。下面分别介绍。In a possible embodiment, the execution subject of the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application is the vehicle control system in the vehicle. In this case, the vehicle-machine control system receives the user's instructions through human-computer interaction, and then implements the vehicle access permission control method based on the received instructions. In another possible embodiment, the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be implemented through interactive communication between the terminal device and the vehicle. They are introduced below.
首先,介绍车机控制系统通过人机交互的方式接收用户的指令,然后基于该接收到的指令实现该车辆访问权限控制方法的具体流程。为了便于描述,后续由车辆的车机控制系统执行的操作可以描述为是由车辆来执行。参见图4,本申请实施例提供的车辆访问权限控制方法包括但不限于如下步骤:First, the specific process of the vehicle-machine control system receiving user instructions through human-computer interaction and then implementing the vehicle access permission control method based on the received instructions is introduced. For ease of description, subsequent operations performed by the vehicle's on-board control system may be described as being performed by the vehicle. Referring to Figure 4, the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S401、基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,该第一模式为车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,该车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,该多个数据保护模式用于限制访问该车辆的数据。S401. Determine a first mode based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include data protection for at least two different vehicle users. Modes, multiple data protection modes used to restrict access to the vehicle's data.
S402、将该车辆的模式切换为该第一模式。S402. Switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
在具体实现中,上述多个数据保护模式可以包括车主模式、亲友模式、代客模式、维修模式、二手车交易模式、车外拍摄提示模式、第一乘客保护模式或第二乘客保护模式中的至少两个模式。需要说明的是,该多个数据保护模式的名称不限于本申请实施例描述的名称, 本申请实施例对该多个数据保护模式中各个模式的名称不做限制,只要实现了本申请实施例描述的功能的模式均在本申请实施例的保护范围内。In a specific implementation, the above-mentioned multiple data protection modes may include a car owner mode, a family and friends mode, a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a second-hand car transaction mode, an outside-car shooting prompt mode, a first passenger protection mode or a second passenger protection mode. At least two modes. It should be noted that the names of the multiple data protection modes are not limited to the names described in the embodiments of this application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the names of each of the multiple data protection modes, as long as the embodiments of this application are implemented. The described functional modes are all within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
上述车主模式可以是车辆为第一用户提供的使用模式。该第一用户可以是车主或车主授权管理车辆的人。该第一用户为对该车辆无访问限制的用户。示例性地,在具体实现中,车辆接收到第一用户输入的登录信息之后,基于该登录信息登录车辆的用户系统并启用该车主模式。该登录信息包括第一用户的身份信息。该身份信息例如为用户的人脸图像信息,指纹信息,预设语音信息,车主口令,或自定义注册到用户系统的用户名及密码等。即第一用户可以通过人脸识别,指纹识别,语音识别,车主口令,或用户名及密码等方式输入登录信息。在人脸识别输入登录信息的方式中,车辆摄像头采集到的第一用户的人脸图像即为第一用户输入的登录信息。在指纹识别输入登录信息的方式中,车辆的指纹采集器采集到的第一用户的指纹信息即为第一用户输入的登录信息。在语音识别输入登录信息的方式中,车辆的麦克风采集到的第一用户的预设语音信息即为第一用户输入的登录信息。在车主口令输入登录信息的方式中,车辆通过显示屏接收到的第一用户输入的口令即为第一用户输入的登录信息。示例性地,该车主口令可以是任意位数的数字、字母或特殊符号,或者可以是数字、字母或特殊符号中至少两项进行组合的任意位数的字符串。上述车辆接收到第一用户输入的登录信息并验证该信息之后,可以启用上述车主模式。在该车主模式下,车辆可以为第一用户提供完整的功能权限。该车主模式可以在车辆熄火后自动退出。The above-mentioned car owner mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the first user. The first user may be the vehicle owner or a person authorized by the vehicle owner to manage the vehicle. The first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the vehicle. For example, in a specific implementation, after the vehicle receives the login information input by the first user, it logs in to the user system of the vehicle based on the login information and activates the car owner mode. The login information includes the first user's identity information. The identity information is, for example, the user's face image information, fingerprint information, preset voice information, car owner's password, or a username and password customized to be registered to the user's system, etc. That is, the first user can input login information through face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice recognition, car owner password, or user name and password. In the method of inputting login information through face recognition, the face image of the first user collected by the vehicle camera is the login information input by the first user. In the method of inputting login information through fingerprint recognition, the fingerprint information of the first user collected by the fingerprint collector of the vehicle is the login information input by the first user. In the method of inputting login information through voice recognition, the preset voice information of the first user collected by the vehicle's microphone is the login information input by the first user. In the method in which the vehicle owner inputs login information with a password, the password input by the first user received by the vehicle through the display screen is the login information input by the first user. For example, the vehicle owner password may be any number of numbers, letters, or special symbols, or may be a string of any number of numbers, a combination of at least two of numbers, letters, or special symbols. After the vehicle receives the login information input by the first user and verifies the information, the vehicle owner mode can be enabled. In this car owner mode, the vehicle can provide complete functional permissions to the first user. This car owner mode can automatically exit after the vehicle is turned off.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述车主模式的描述中,第一用户输入的指示信息可以是上述步骤S401中的第一指示信息,上述第一模式即为该车主模式。In a possible embodiment, in the above description of the car owner mode, the instruction information input by the first user may be the first instruction information in the above step S401, and the above first mode is the car owner mode.
上述亲友模式可以是车辆为第二用户提供的使用模式。该第二用户可以是车主的家庭成员、专职司机、亲戚朋友等。示例性地,在亲友模式下,车辆默认提供与上述车主模式相同的功能使用权限。The above-mentioned friends and family mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the second user. The second user can be the car owner's family member, full-time driver, relative or friend, etc. For example, in the friends and family mode, the vehicle provides the same function usage rights as the above-mentioned car owner mode by default.
具体实现中,上述第二用户可以在上述第一用户授权的情况下自主进入车辆的亲友模式。示例性地,车辆在上述车主模式下,接收第一用户输入的指示信息。基于该指示信息接收第二用户的身份信息,然后将接收的第二用户的身份信息注册到用户系统。使得第二用户可以基于该注册的身份信息登录该车辆的用户系统,进而进入车辆的亲友模式。In specific implementation, the above-mentioned second user can independently enter the vehicle's friends and family mode with the authorization of the above-mentioned first user. For example, the vehicle receives the instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode. The identity information of the second user is received based on the indication information, and then the received identity information of the second user is registered to the user system. This allows the second user to log in to the vehicle's user system based on the registered identity information, and then enter the vehicle's family and friends mode.
上述第二用户的该身份信息例如为该第二用户的人脸图像信息,指纹信息,预设语音信息,用户口令,或自定义的用户名及密码等。示例性地,若注册到用户系统的第二用户的身份信息为人脸图像信息,那么,上述车辆接收第二用户的身份信息可以是通过摄像头采集该第二用户的人脸图像。示例性地,若注册到用户系统的第二用户的身份信息为指纹信息,那么,上述车辆接收第二用户的身份信息可以是通过指纹采集器采集到的第二用户的指纹信息。示例性地,若注册到用户系统的第二用户的身份信息为预设语音信息,那么,上述车辆接收第二用户的身份信息可以是通过车辆的麦克风采集到的第二用户的预设语音信息。示例性地,若注册到用户系统的第二用户的身份信息为用户口令,那么,上述车辆接收第二用户的身份信息可以是通过显示屏接收到的用户口令。该用户口令例如可以是任意位数的数字、字母或特殊符号,或者可以是数字、字母或特殊符号中至少两项进行组合的任意位数的字符串。示例性地,若注册到用户系统的第二用户的身份信息为自定义的用户名及密码,那么,上述车辆接收第二用户的身份信息可以是通过显示屏接收到的自定义的用户名及密码。The identity information of the second user is, for example, the second user's face image information, fingerprint information, preset voice information, user password, or customized user name and password. For example, if the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is face image information, then the vehicle receiving the identity information of the second user may collect the face image of the second user through a camera. For example, if the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is fingerprint information, then the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the fingerprint information of the second user collected by a fingerprint collector. For example, if the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is preset voice information, then the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the preset voice information of the second user collected through the microphone of the vehicle. . For example, if the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is a user password, then the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the user password received through the display screen. The user password may be, for example, any number of numbers, letters or special symbols, or it may be a string of any number of numbers, a combination of at least two of numbers, letters or special symbols. For example, if the identity information of the second user registered in the user system is a customized user name and password, then the identity information of the second user received by the vehicle may be the customized user name and password received through the display screen. password.
上述车辆完成上述第二用户的身份信息的注册之后,可以接收第二用户输入的登录车辆用户系统的登录信息,该登录信息包括上述第二用户的身份信息。车辆验证该登录信息之后, 基于该登录信息锁定亲友模式,进而将车辆的模式切换为亲友模式。After the vehicle completes the registration of the identity information of the second user, it may receive login information input by the second user to log in to the vehicle user system, where the login information includes the identity information of the second user. After the vehicle verifies the login information, it locks the family and friends mode based on the login information, and then switches the vehicle's mode to the family and friends mode.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述亲友模式的描述中,该亲友模式可以是上述步骤S401中的第一模式。上述第二用户输入的登录车辆用户系统的登录信息即为上述步骤S401中的第一信息。In a possible embodiment, in the above description of the family and friends mode, the family and friends mode may be the first mode in the above step S401. The login information input by the second user to log in to the vehicle user system is the first information in step S401.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆基于第二用户的登录信息进入亲友模式之后,可以基于第二用户的指示删除车辆上该第二用户的个人数据或注销该第二用户在用户系统中的用户信息。In a possible embodiment, after the vehicle enters the friends and family mode based on the second user's login information, the second user's personal data on the vehicle can be deleted or the second user's personal data in the user system can be logged out based on the second user's instructions. User Info.
一种可能的实施例中,车辆在上述车主模式下,可以查询亲友模式中配置的功能使用状态。即查询该亲友模式下各个功能的使用状态是允许使用还是禁止使用。在具体实现中,可以由车机控制系统来查询。查询到对应的功能使用状态之后,车机控制系统可以向车辆的显示屏发送显示指令,指示显示屏显示查询到的功能使用状态。In a possible embodiment, when the vehicle is in the above-mentioned car owner mode, it can query the usage status of functions configured in the friends and family mode. That is, query whether the usage status of each function in the friends and family mode is allowed or prohibited. In specific implementation, it can be queried by the vehicle control system. After querying the corresponding function usage status, the vehicle control system can send a display instruction to the vehicle's display screen, instructing the display screen to display the query function usage status.
示例性地,车辆在上述车主模式下,接收第一用户输入的选择该亲友模式的指示信息。基于该指示信息,车辆可以在自身的多个数据保护模式中锁定该亲友模式。进而查询该亲友模式中配置的功能使用状态。For example, when the vehicle is in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode, it receives the instruction information input by the first user to select the family and friends mode. Based on this indication, the vehicle can lock the Friends and Family mode among its multiple data protection modes. Then query the usage status of the functions configured in the friends and family mode.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择亲友模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的显示屏输入。示例性地,车辆的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括指示该亲友模式的控件。车辆通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述选择亲友模式的指示信息。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the friends and family mode may be input by the first user through the display screen of the vehicle. For example, the user interface displayed on the vehicle's display screen may include controls indicating the friends and family mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the friends and family mode based on the click operation.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择亲友模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的麦克风输入。示例性地,车辆通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的语音信息,该语音信息指示选择上述亲友模式。例如,该语音信息的内容可以是“亲友模式”、“切换为亲友模式”或者“转到亲友模式”等等。本申请实施例对该具体输入的语音内容不做限制。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the friends and family mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle. Exemplarily, the vehicle receives the voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned friends and family mode. For example, the content of the voice message may be "Friends and Relatives Mode", "Switch to Relatives and Friends Mode", or "Go to Relatives and Friends Mode", etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
一种可能的实施例中,车辆可以通过人机交互接收第一用户的指示信息来自定义配置上述亲友模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In one possible embodiment, the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited in the friends and family mode.
一种可能的实现中,通过自定义配置,车辆可以允许或禁止使用车辆上的一个或多个APP。例如,可以允许或禁止通过车辆的显示屏显示的APP图标打开该一个或多个APP。示例性地,车辆可以在显示屏上显示APP的功能开关控件,通过感知第一用户对APP的功能开关控件的点击操作来接收允许或禁止使用该APP的指示信息。或者,示例性地,车辆可以通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的允许或禁止使用某个APP的语音信息,然后基于该语音信息开启和关闭该某个APP的使用功能。In one possible implementation, through custom configuration, the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of one or more APPs on the vehicle. For example, opening the one or more APPs through an APP icon displayed on the vehicle's display screen may be allowed or prohibited. For example, the vehicle can display the function switch control of the APP on the display screen, and receive instruction information to allow or prohibit the use of the APP by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the APP. Or, for example, the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain APP, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain APP based on the voice information.
一种可能的实现中,通过自定义配置,车辆可以允许或禁止使用车辆中的手套箱、前备箱或后备箱等可控制的私人物理空间。示例性地,车辆可以在显示屏上显示手套箱、前备箱或后备箱等可控制的私人物理空间的功能开关控件,通过感知第一用户对私人物理空间的功能开关控件的点击操作来接收允许或禁止使用该私人物理空间的指示信息。或者,示例性地,车辆可以通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的允许或禁止使用某个私人物理空间的语音信息,然后基于该语音信息开启和关闭该某个私人物理空间的使用功能。In one possible implementation, through custom configuration, the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of controllable private physical spaces such as the glove box, front trunk, or trunk in the vehicle. For example, the vehicle can display the function switch control of a controllable private physical space such as the glove box, front trunk or trunk on the display screen, and receive the information by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the private physical space. Instructions for permitting or prohibiting use of the private physical space. Or, for example, the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain private physical space, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain private physical space based on the voice information.
一种可能的实现中,通过自定义配置,可以限制车辆行驶的最高时速和/或限制车辆可行驶的地理范围。若超出限制的最高时速或超出可行驶的地理范围,车辆可以发出告警。示例性地,车辆可以在显示屏上显示可选择的最高时速(或地理范围),在感知到第一用户对显示的某个最高时速(或地理范围)的选择操作后,将该被选择的某个最高时速(或地理范围)设置为亲友模式下的最高时速(或车辆可行驶的地理范围)。或者,示例性地,车辆可以通过显示屏 或者麦克风接收第一用户输入的任意的最高时速(或地理范围),然后,将该输入的最高时速(或地理范围)设置为亲友模式下的最高时速(或车辆可行驶的地理范围)。In one possible implementation, through custom configuration, the maximum speed of the vehicle can be limited and/or the geographical range in which the vehicle can travel can be limited. The vehicle can issue a warning if the restricted maximum speed is exceeded or the travelable geographical range is exceeded. For example, the vehicle may display a selectable maximum speed (or geographical range) on the display screen, and after sensing the first user's selection operation on a displayed maximum speed (or geographical range), the vehicle will display the selected maximum speed (or geographical range). A certain maximum speed (or geographical range) is set as the maximum speed (or geographical range within which the vehicle can travel) in Friends and Family mode. Or, for example, the vehicle may receive any top speed (or geographical range) input by the first user through the display screen or microphone, and then set the input top speed (or geographical range) as the top speed in the friends and family mode. (or the geographical range within which the vehicle can travel).
需要说明的是,上述自定义的配置仅为示例,具体实现中还可以包括其它功能使用权限的自定义配置,本申请对亲友模式下自定义配置的功能不做限制。It should be noted that the above customized configuration is only an example. The specific implementation may also include customized configuration of other function usage rights. This application does not limit the functions of customized configuration in the friends and family mode.
虽然在亲友模式下车辆默认提供与上述车主模式相同的功能使用权限,但是本申请实施例中,车辆可以基于用户的指示灵活地重新配置亲友模式下的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。Although the vehicle in the family and friends mode defaults to the same function usage rights as the above-mentioned owner mode, in the embodiment of the present application, the vehicle can flexibly reconfigure the function usage status in the family and friends mode based on the user's instructions, which can realize the configuration requirements of different scenarios. , to achieve data protection in different car usage scenarios.
一种可能的实施例中,上述亲友模式的应用场景可以包括多个,例如,亲友模式的应用场景可以包括家庭成员应用场景、专职司机应用场景或亲戚朋友应用场景等等。对于家庭成员应用场景,使用车辆的人员即为上述家庭成员。对于专职司机应用场景,使用车辆的人员即为上述专职司机。对于亲戚朋友应用场景,使用车辆的人员即为上述亲戚朋友。不同应用场景使用车辆的人员不同,则不同应用场景的亲友模式下可以设置不同的功能使用状态。例如,以专职司机应用场景和亲戚朋友应用场景为例。专职司机应用场景中,可以开放车辆的最高时速,即不限制车辆的驾驶速度。而在亲戚朋友应用场景中,可以限制车辆的最高时速。此处仅为一个示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。本申请实施例对不同应用场景中亲友模式下具体的功能使用状态不做限制。In a possible embodiment, the above-mentioned application scenarios of the family and friends mode may include multiple application scenarios. For example, the application scenarios of the family and friends mode may include application scenarios for family members, application scenarios for full-time drivers, or application scenarios for relatives and friends, etc. For family member application scenarios, the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned family member. For the full-time driver application scenario, the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned full-time driver. For the relative and friend application scenario, the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned relative and friend. Different people use the vehicle in different application scenarios, so different function usage states can be set in the family and friends mode of different application scenarios. For example, take the application scenario of full-time drivers and the application scenario of relatives and friends. In the full-time driver application scenario, the maximum speed of the vehicle can be opened, that is, the driving speed of the vehicle is not limited. In the application scenario of relatives and friends, the maximum speed of the vehicle can be limited. This is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific function usage status in the family and friends mode in different application scenarios.
基于上述的描述,上述亲友模式的应用场景可以包括多个。那么,对于某个应用场景中亲友模式的自定义配置完成之后,可以将配置的功能使用状态保存为该某个应用场景的功能使用状态。下次使用时,可以直接复用该某个应用场景的亲友模式,无需重新配置,从而可以快速切换到对应场景的亲友模式。Based on the above description, the application scenarios of the above-mentioned family and friend mode may include multiple. Then, after the customized configuration of the friends and family mode in an application scenario is completed, the configured function usage status can be saved as the function usage status of the certain application scenario. The next time you use it, you can directly reuse the family and friends mode of a certain application scenario without reconfiguring it, so you can quickly switch to the family and friends mode of the corresponding scene.
一种可能的实现中,上述车辆通过第一用户的指示信息完成上述亲友模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能的自定义配置之后,可以基于第一用户另外的指示信息将该配置好的功能使用状态保存为上述多个应用场景中的某一个应用场景的功能使用状态。该另外的指示信息例如可以是对该某一个应用场景的选择信息等。例如,车辆完成亲友模式的自定义功能配置之后,基于第一用户输入的保存指示,在显示屏中显示该多个应用场景的选择控件。然后,车辆感知到第一用户对该某一个应用场景的选择控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成对该某一个应用场景的选择信息。从而基于该选择信息将配置好的功能使用状态保存为该某一个应用场景的功能使用状态。In a possible implementation, after the vehicle completes the custom configuration of the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the friends and family mode through the first user's instruction information, the configured functions can be configured based on additional instruction information from the first user. The usage status is saved as the function usage status of one of the above multiple application scenarios. The additional instruction information may be, for example, selection information for a certain application scenario. For example, after the vehicle completes the custom function configuration of the family and friends mode, based on the saving instructions input by the first user, the selection controls of the multiple application scenarios are displayed on the display screen. Then, the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the selection control of the certain application scenario, and can generate selection information for the certain application scenario based on the click operation. Thus, the configured function usage status is saved as the function usage status of a certain application scenario based on the selection information.
一种可能的实施方式中,在上述亲友模式下,对于禁止使用的APP,其图标在车辆的显示屏中不可见,或者图标变灰色。对于禁止使用的功能,其功能控件在车辆的显示屏可以不显示或变灰色。In one possible implementation, in the above-mentioned friends and family mode, for prohibited APPs, their icons are not visible on the vehicle's display screen, or the icons turn gray. For prohibited functions, the function controls may not be displayed or turn gray on the vehicle's display screen.
一种可能的实施方式中,在上述车主模式下,车辆无法基于第一用户的指示信息提供第二用户的个人数据。即第一用户无法查看车辆上第二用户的个人数据。In one possible implementation, in the above-mentioned car owner mode, the vehicle cannot provide the second user's personal data based on the first user's instruction information. That is, the first user cannot view the personal data of the second user on the vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,在上述车主模式下,车辆可以基于第一用户的指示信息删除第二用户在用户系统的信息及删除第二用户在车辆上的个人数据。In one possible implementation, in the above-mentioned car owner mode, the vehicle can delete the second user's information in the user system and delete the second user's personal data in the vehicle based on the first user's instruction information.
为了便于理解上述亲友模式相关的具体实现流程,可以示例性地参见图5。图5以车辆的显示屏与用户进行人机交互为例。整车模式管理模块、权限管理模块和用户系统属于车辆的车机控制系统中的功能模块。这些功能模块的具体功能可以参见前述关于图2的描述,此处不赘述。In order to facilitate understanding of the specific implementation process related to the above-mentioned family and friends mode, see Figure 5 for example. Figure 5 takes the human-computer interaction between the vehicle's display screen and the user as an example. The vehicle mode management module, authority management module and user system belong to the functional modules in the vehicle's vehicle control system. The specific functions of these functional modules can be found in the aforementioned description of Figure 2 and will not be described again here.
如图5所示,第一用户可以通过显示屏输入登录信息,该登录信息例如可以是车主口令,或可以是第一用户的用户名和密码。显示屏将接收到的登录信息发送给用户系统。用户系统 对该接收到的登录信息进行验证。在验证成功的情况下,车辆进入车主模式,显示屏可以显示车主模式的用户界面。As shown in Figure 5, the first user can input login information through the display screen. The login information can be, for example, the car owner's password, or the first user's username and password. The display sends the received login information to the user system. The user system verifies the received login information. When the verification is successful, the vehicle enters the owner mode, and the display screen can display the user interface of the owner mode.
在车主模式的用户界面,显示屏可以接收第一用户输入的第一指示信息。示例性地,该第一用户输入第一指示信息的操作可以表现为对显示的用户界面中的某个控件的点击操作。后续用户输入指示信息的操作同理,不再赘述。该第一指示信息指示接收第二用户的身份信息。显示屏接收第二用户的身份信息,该身份信息例如可以是第二用户的用户口令,或者可以是第二用户自定义的用户名和密码等等。然后,显示屏将接收到的第二用户的身份信息发送给用户系统。用户系统将该第二用户的身份信息进行保存已完成该信息的注册。完成注册后,第二用户可以基于注册的身份信息登录该用户系统,并获得亲友模式的功能权限。In the user interface of the car owner mode, the display screen can receive the first instruction information input by the first user. For example, the first user's operation of inputting the first indication information may be performed as a click operation on a certain control in the displayed user interface. The subsequent operation of the user inputting instruction information is the same and will not be described again. The first indication information indicates receiving the identity information of the second user. The display screen receives the identity information of the second user. The identity information may be, for example, the user password of the second user, or the user name and password customized by the second user, etc. Then, the display screen sends the received identity information of the second user to the user system. The user system saves the identity information of the second user and completes the registration of the information. After completing the registration, the second user can log in to the user system based on the registered identity information and obtain the functional permissions of the friends and relatives mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,在车主模式下的用户界面,显示屏可以接收第一用户输入的第二指示信息。该第二指示信息指示进入亲友模式配置菜单。显示屏接收到该第二指示信息之后,可以先向权限管理模块发送查询亲友模式下配置的功能使用状态的查询消息。In a possible implementation, in the user interface in the car owner mode, the display screen can receive the second instruction information input by the first user. The second instruction information indicates entering the family and friend mode configuration menu. After receiving the second indication information, the display screen may first send a query message to the rights management module to query the usage status of functions configured in the friends and family mode.
一种可能的实现中,权限管理模块接收到上述查询消息后,会向用户系统查询当前登录用户的身份。用户系统将查询到的当前登录用户的身份信息反馈给权限管理模块。In one possible implementation, after receiving the above query message, the rights management module queries the user system for the identity of the currently logged in user. The user system feeds back the queried identity information of the currently logged-in user to the authority management module.
然后,权限管理模块可以基于当前登录用户的身份信息判断登录用户是否为第一用户。在当前登录用户为第一用户时,权限管理模块向显示屏发送亲友模式下配置的功能使用状态。显示屏显示亲友模式下配置的功能使用状态。Then, the rights management module can determine whether the logged-in user is the first user based on the identity information of the currently logged-in user. When the currently logged-in user is the first user, the rights management module sends the function usage status configured in the friends and family mode to the display screen. The display shows the usage status of functions configured in Friends and Family mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述显示屏显示亲友模式下配置的功能使用状态之后,显示屏还可以接收第一用户输入的第三指示信息。该第三指示信息指示配置一个或多个功能的使用状态。示例性地,该第三指示信息可以指示允许或禁止使用该一个或多个功能。该一个或多个功能可以是私人物理空间的使用功能或车辆最高时速的限制功能等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。显示屏接收到上述第三指示信息后,向权限管理模块发送该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置指示。权限管理模块保存该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置,并向显示屏反馈配置成功的结果,以展示给第一用户。本申请实施例中,第一用户可以自定义配置亲友模式下的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的灵活配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。In a possible implementation, after the above-mentioned display screen displays the function usage status configured in the friends and family mode, the display screen can also receive third instruction information input by the first user. The third indication information indicates configuring the usage status of one or more functions. For example, the third indication information may indicate whether to allow or prohibit the use of the one or more functions. The one or more functions may be a private physical space usage function or a vehicle maximum speed limiting function, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. After receiving the above third indication information, the display screen sends a configuration indication of the usage status of the one or more functions to the rights management module. The rights management module saves the configuration of the usage status of the one or more functions, and feeds back the result of successful configuration to the display screen to display to the first user. In the embodiment of this application, the first user can customize the function usage status in the friends and family mode, which can realize flexible configuration requirements in different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
上述图5中,在车辆退出上述车主模式,或者车辆接收到切换登录用户的指示之后,第二用户可以通过显示屏输入登录信息,该登录信息即为上述注册的第二用户的用户口令,或第二用户的用户名和密码。显示屏将接收到的登录信息发送给用户系统。用户系统对该接收到的登录信息进行验证。在验证该登录信息为第二用户的身份信息的情况下,用户系统向权限管理模块发送启用亲友模式的指示信息。权限管理模块基于该指示信息启用亲友模式,则车辆进入亲友模式。可选的,权限管理模块将成功启用亲友模式的结果反馈到显示屏展示给第二用户。In the above Figure 5, after the vehicle exits the above-mentioned car owner mode, or the vehicle receives an instruction to switch the logged-in user, the second user can enter the login information through the display screen, and the login information is the user password of the above-mentioned registered second user, or The username and password of the second user. The display sends the received login information to the user system. The user system verifies the received login information. When it is verified that the login information is the identity information of the second user, the user system sends instruction information for enabling the friends and family mode to the rights management module. The authority management module enables the family and friends mode based on the instruction information, and the vehicle enters the family and friends mode. Optionally, the rights management module feeds back the result of successfully enabling the friends and family mode to the display screen to display to the second user.
需要说明的是,上述图5所示流程仅为一个示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。It should be noted that the above process shown in Figure 5 is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
上述代客模式可以是车辆为第三用户提供的使用模式。该第三用户例如可以是借车人员、租车人员或代驾人员等外部人员。在代客模式下,车辆默认隐藏车主的个人数据并禁用涉及车主私人的功能。The above-mentioned valet mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for third users. The third user may be, for example, an external person such as a car loaner, a car rental person, or a driving agent. In valet mode, the vehicle hides the owner's personal data by default and disables features involving the owner's privacy.
示例性地,上述个人数据例如包括车主的身份信息、历史导航信息、历史通话记录、车内的视频或声音数据、车主私人使用的应用(APP)数据、车主私人的配置信息或车主私人下载到本地的数据等等。Illustratively, the above-mentioned personal data includes, for example, the car owner's identity information, historical navigation information, historical call records, video or sound data in the car, application (APP) data used privately by the car owner, the car owner's private configuration information or the car owner's private download to Local data, etc.
示例性地,上述涉及车主私人的功能例如包括车主私人的APP(例如即时通信等APP)的 使用功能或涉及车主个人信息交互的智能座舱功能(例如人脸识别、指纹识别、语音控制或疲劳驾驶监测等功能)等等。Illustratively, the above-mentioned functions related to the car owner's personal information include, for example, the usage functions of the car owner's private APP (such as instant messaging and other APPs) or smart cockpit functions related to the interaction of the car owner's personal information (such as face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice control or fatigue driving). monitoring and other functions) etc.
上述代客模式由上述第一用户主动开启。具体实现中,车辆在上述车主模式下,接收第一用户输入的指示信息。车辆基于该指示信息确定代客模式,进而将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该代客模式。示例性地,上述第一用户输入的指示信息可以是选择该代客模式的指示信息。基于该指示信息,车辆可以在自身的多个数据保护模式中锁定该代客模式,进而将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该代客模式。The above-mentioned valet mode is actively turned on by the above-mentioned first user. In specific implementation, the vehicle receives instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode. The vehicle determines the valet mode based on the indication information, and then switches the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the valet mode. For example, the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the valet mode. Based on the indication information, the vehicle can lock the valet mode in its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the valet mode.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择代客模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的显示屏输入。示例性地,车辆的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括指示该代客模式的控件。车辆通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述选择代客模式的指示信息。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode may be input by the first user through a display screen of the vehicle. For example, a user interface displayed on a display screen of the vehicle may include controls indicating the valet mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode based on the click operation.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择代客模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的麦克风输入。示例性地,车辆通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的语音信息,该语音信息指示选择上述代客模式。例如,该语音信息的内容可以是“代客模式”、“切换为代客模式”或者“转到代客模式”等等。本申请实施例对该具体输入的语音内容不做限制。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the valet mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle. Exemplarily, the vehicle receives voice information input by the first user through a microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned valet mode. For example, the content of the voice message may be "valet mode", "switch to valet mode" or "turn to valet mode" and so on. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述代客模式的描述中,该代客模式可以是上述步骤S401中的第一模式。上述选择该代客模式的指示信息即为上述步骤S401中的第一信息。In a possible embodiment, in the above description of the valet mode, the valet mode may be the first mode in the above step S401. The above instruction information for selecting the valet mode is the first information in the above step S401.
一种可能的实施例中,上述第三用户可以在上述第一用户授权的情况下自主进入车辆的代客模式。具体实现可以参考上述第二用户在第一用户授权的情况下自主进入车辆的亲友模式的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, the third user can independently enter the valet mode of the vehicle with the authorization of the first user. For specific implementation, reference can be made to the above description of the second user autonomously entering the vehicle's friends and family mode with the authorization of the first user, which will not be described again here.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆基于第一用户输入的指示信息确定代客模式之后,可以先检查车辆当前的行驶状态。如果车辆处于停止状态,那么,可以将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该代客模式。若车辆处于行驶的状态,则不进行模式的切换,并可以告知第一用户。本申请实施例中只有在停车状态下可以进行模式切换,保证车辆和用户的安全。并且可以避免因误操作导致模式切换带来的安全隐患。In a possible embodiment, after the vehicle determines the valet mode based on the instruction information input by the first user, it may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the owner mode to the valet mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
在上述代客模式下,车辆通过预设的退出方式退出该代客模式。该预设的退出方式为在接收到预设的退出码的情况下退出该代客模式。该退出码即为退出该代客模式的验证码。车辆可以在进入代客模式之前设置并保存该退出码。示例性地,该退出码可以是任意位数的数字、字母或特殊符号;或者该退出码可以是任意数字、字母或特殊符号的组合等等。本申请实施例对该退出码的具体形式不做限制。除了该预设的退出模式外,车辆熄火、下电或对车辆的显示屏进行操作等其它方式均无法退出该代客模式。从而保障了在上述第三用户使用车辆的情况下,无法查看到车辆中车主等用户的个人数据,进而保护了车辆用户的个人数据。In the above valet mode, the vehicle exits the valet mode through the preset exit method. The preset exit method is to exit the valet mode upon receiving a preset exit code. The exit code is the verification code to exit the valet mode. The vehicle can set and save this exit code before entering valet mode. For example, the exit code can be any number of numbers, letters, or special symbols; or the exit code can be any combination of numbers, letters, or special symbols, and so on. The embodiment of this application does not limit the specific form of the exit code. In addition to the preset exit mode, the valet mode cannot be exited by other methods such as turning off the vehicle, powering off the vehicle, or operating the vehicle's display screen. This ensures that when the above-mentioned third user uses the vehicle, the personal data of the owner and other users in the vehicle cannot be viewed, thereby protecting the personal data of the vehicle user.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆在确定代客模式之后,可以查询该代客模式中配置的功能使用状态。即查询该代客模式下各个功能的使用状态是允许使用还是禁止使用。在具体实现中,可以由车机控制系统来查询。查询到对应的功能使用状态之后,车机控制系统可以向车辆的显示屏发送显示指令,指示显示屏显示查询到的功能使用状态。In a possible embodiment, after determining the valet mode, the vehicle may query the function usage status configured in the valet mode. That is to query whether the usage status of each function in the valet mode is allowed or prohibited. In specific implementation, it can be queried by the vehicle control system. After querying the corresponding function usage status, the vehicle control system can send a display instruction to the vehicle's display screen, instructing the display screen to display the query function usage status.
一种可能的实现中,上述车辆在确定代客模式之后,车辆可以是在接收到第一用户的查询指示信息后查询该代客模式中配置的功能使用状态。例如,车辆的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括用于查询代客模式下配置的功能使用状态的查询控件。车辆通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该查询控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述查询指示信息。或者,例如,车辆通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的查询语音信息,该查询语音信息指示查询代客模 式下配置的功能使用状态。例如,该查询语音信息的内容可以是“代客模式的功能使用状态”、“代客模式的功能配置”或者“代客模式的配置”等等。本申请实施例对该具体输入的查询语音内容不做限制。In one possible implementation, after the vehicle determines the valet mode, the vehicle may query the function usage status configured in the valet mode after receiving the query instruction information from the first user. For example, the user interface displayed on the vehicle's display screen may include a query control for querying the usage status of functions configured in the valet mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the query control through the user interface, and can generate the above query instruction information based on the click operation. Or, for example, the vehicle receives the query voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the query voice information indicates querying the function usage status configured in the valet mode. For example, the content of the query voice information may be "function usage status of valet mode", "function configuration of valet mode" or "configuration of valet mode", etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input query voice content.
一种可能的实施例中,车辆可以通过人机交互接收第一用户的指示信息来自定义配置上述代客模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In one possible embodiment, the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the valet mode.
一种可能的实现中,通过自定义配置,车辆可以允许或禁止使用车辆上的一个或多个APP。例如,可以允许或禁止通过车辆的显示屏显示的APP图标打开该一个或多个APP。示例性地,车辆可以在显示屏上显示APP的功能开关控件,通过感知第一用户对APP的功能开关控件的点击操作来接收允许或禁止使用该APP的指示信息。或者,示例性地,车辆可以通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的允许或禁止使用某个APP的语音信息,然后基于该语音信息开启和关闭该某个APP的使用功能。In one possible implementation, through custom configuration, the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of one or more APPs on the vehicle. For example, opening the one or more APPs through an APP icon displayed on the vehicle's display screen may be allowed or prohibited. For example, the vehicle can display the function switch control of the APP on the display screen, and receive instruction information to allow or prohibit the use of the APP by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the APP. Or, for example, the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain APP, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain APP based on the voice information.
一种可能的实现中,通过自定义配置,车辆可以允许或禁止使用车辆中的手套箱、前备箱或后备箱等可控制的私人物理空间。示例性地,车辆可以在显示屏上显示手套箱、前备箱或后备箱等可控制的私人物理空间的功能开关控件,通过感知第一用户对私人物理空间的功能开关控件的点击操作来接收允许或禁止使用该私人物理空间的指示信息。或者,示例性地,车辆可以通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的允许或禁止使用某个私人物理空间的语音信息,然后基于该语音信息开启和关闭该某个私人物理空间的使用功能。In one possible implementation, through custom configuration, the vehicle can allow or prohibit the use of controllable private physical spaces such as the glove box, front trunk, or trunk in the vehicle. For example, the vehicle can display the function switch control of a controllable private physical space such as the glove box, front trunk or trunk on the display screen, and receive the information by sensing the first user's click operation on the function switch control of the private physical space. Instructions for permitting or prohibiting use of the private physical space. Or, for example, the vehicle can receive the voice information input by the first user through the microphone to allow or prohibit the use of a certain private physical space, and then turn on and off the use function of the certain private physical space based on the voice information.
一种可能的实现中,通过自定义配置,可以限制车辆行驶的最高时速和/或限制车辆可行驶的地理范围。若超出限制的最高时速或超出可行驶的地理范围,车辆可以发出告警。示例性地,车辆可以在显示屏上显示可选择的最高时速(或地理范围),在感知到第一用户对显示的某个最高时速(或地理范围)的选择操作后,将该被选择的某个最高时速(或地理范围)设置为代客模式下的最高时速(或车辆可行驶的地理范围)。或者,示例性地,车辆可以通过显示屏或者麦克风接收第一用户输入的任意的最高时速(或地理范围),然后,将该输入的最高时速(或地理范围)设置为代客模式下的最高时速(或车辆可行驶的地理范围)。In one possible implementation, through custom configuration, the maximum speed of the vehicle can be limited and/or the geographical range in which the vehicle can travel can be limited. The vehicle can issue a warning if the restricted maximum speed is exceeded or the travelable geographical range is exceeded. For example, the vehicle may display a selectable maximum speed (or geographical range) on the display screen, and after sensing the first user's selection operation on a displayed maximum speed (or geographical range), the vehicle will display the selected maximum speed (or geographical range). A certain maximum speed (or geographical range) is set to the maximum speed (or geographical range within which the vehicle can travel) in valet mode. Alternatively, for example, the vehicle may receive any top speed (or geographical range) input by the first user through the display screen or microphone, and then set the input top speed (or geographical range) to the highest speed in the valet mode. speed (or the geographical range within which the vehicle can travel).
需要说明的是,上述自定义的配置仅为示例,具体实现中还可以包括其它功能使用权限的自定义配置,本申请对代客模式下自定义配置的功能不做限制。It should be noted that the above customized configuration is only an example. The specific implementation may also include customized configuration of other function usage rights. This application does not limit the functions of customized configuration in the valet mode.
虽然在代客模式下车辆默认隐藏车主的个人数据并禁用涉及车主私人的功能,但是本申请实施例中,车辆可以基于用户的指示灵活地重新配置代客模式下的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。Although the vehicle hides the owner's personal data and disables the owner's private functions by default in the valet mode, in the embodiment of the present application, the vehicle can flexibly reconfigure the function usage status in the valet mode based on the user's instructions, which can achieve different Scenario configuration requirements to achieve data protection in different car usage scenarios.
一种可能的实施例中,上述代客模式的应用场景可以包括多个,例如,代客模式的应用场景可以包括借车应用场景、租车应用场景或代驾应用场景等等。对于借车应用场景,使用车辆的人员即为上述借车人员。对于租车应用场景,使用车辆的人员即为上述租车人员。代驾应用场景,使用车辆的人员即为上述代驾人员。不同应用场景使用车辆的人员不同,则不同应用场景的代客模式下可以设置不同的功能使用状态。例如,以租车应用场景和代驾应用场景为例。租车应用场景中,可以开放车辆可行驶的地理范围,即不限制车辆可行驶的地理范围。而在代驾应用场景中,可以限制车辆的可行驶范围。此处仅为一个示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。本申请实施例对不同应用场景中代客模式下具体的功能使用状态不做限制。In a possible embodiment, the above-mentioned application scenarios of the valet mode may include multiple application scenarios. For example, the application scenarios of the valet mode may include a car loan application scenario, a car rental application scenario, a driving application scenario, and so on. For the car borrowing application scenario, the person using the vehicle is the person borrowing the car mentioned above. For car rental application scenarios, the person using the vehicle is the above-mentioned car rental person. In the driver application scenario, the person using the vehicle is the driver mentioned above. Different people use the vehicle in different application scenarios, so different function usage states can be set in the valet mode of different application scenarios. For example, take the car rental application scenario and the driving application scenario as examples. In the car rental application scenario, the geographical range where the vehicle can travel can be opened, that is, the geographical range where the vehicle can travel is not restricted. In the driving application scenario, the driving range of the vehicle can be limited. This is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific function usage status in the valet mode in different application scenarios.
基于上述的描述,上述代客模式的应用场景可以包括多个。那么,对于某个应用场景中代客模式的自定义配置完成之后,可以将配置的功能使用状态保存为该某个应用场景的功能使用状态。下次使用时,可以直接复用该某个应用场景的代客模式,无需重新配置,从而可 以快速切换到对应场景的代客模式。Based on the above description, the application scenarios of the above-mentioned valet mode may include multiple. Then, after the custom configuration of the valet mode in a certain application scenario is completed, the configured function usage status can be saved as the function usage status of the certain application scenario. The next time you use it, you can directly reuse the valet mode of a certain application scenario without reconfiguring it, so you can quickly switch to the valet mode of the corresponding scenario.
一种可能的实现中,上述车辆通过第一用户的指示信息完成上述代客模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能的自定义配置之后,可以基于第一用户另外的指示信息将该配置好的功能使用状态保存为上述多个应用场景中的某一个应用场景的功能使用状态。该另外的指示信息例如可以是对该某一个应用场景的选择信息等。例如,车辆完成代客模式的自定义功能配置之后,基于第一用户输入的保存指示,在显示屏中显示该多个应用场景的选择控件。然后,车辆感知到第一用户对该某一个应用场景的选择控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成对该某一个应用场景的选择信息。从而基于该选择信息将配置好的功能使用状态保存为该某一个应用场景的功能使用状态。In one possible implementation, after the vehicle completes the custom configuration of the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the valet mode through the first user's instruction information, the configured vehicle can be configured based on additional instruction information from the first user. The function usage status is saved as the function usage status of one of the above multiple application scenarios. The additional instruction information may be, for example, selection information for a certain application scenario. For example, after the vehicle completes the custom function configuration of the valet mode, based on the saving instruction input by the first user, the selection controls of the multiple application scenarios are displayed on the display screen. Then, the vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the selection control of the certain application scenario, and can generate selection information for the certain application scenario based on the click operation. Thus, the configured function usage status is saved as the function usage status of a certain application scenario based on the selection information.
一种可能的实施方式中,在上述代客模式下,对于禁止使用的APP,其图标在车辆的显示屏中不可见,或者图标变灰色。对于禁止使用的功能,其功能控件在车辆的显示屏可以不显示或变灰色。In a possible implementation, in the above-mentioned valet mode, for prohibited APPs, their icons are not visible on the vehicle's display screen, or the icons turn gray. For prohibited functions, the function controls may not be displayed or turn gray on the vehicle's display screen.
一种可能的实施方式中,为了保护上述第三用户的数据,在代客模式下不采集该第三用户的个人数据。In a possible implementation, in order to protect the data of the above-mentioned third user, the personal data of the third user is not collected in the valet mode.
为了便于理解上述代客模式相关的具体实现流程,可以示例性地参见图6。图6以车辆的显示屏与第一用户进行人机交互为例。整车模式管理模块、权限管理模块和用户系统属于车辆的车机控制系统中的功能模块。这些功能模块的具体功能可以参见前述关于图2的描述,此处不赘述。In order to facilitate understanding of the specific implementation process related to the above-mentioned valet mode, please refer to Figure 6 as an example. Figure 6 takes the human-computer interaction between the vehicle's display screen and the first user as an example. The vehicle mode management module, authority management module and user system belong to the functional modules in the vehicle's vehicle control system. The specific functions of these functional modules can be found in the aforementioned description of Figure 2 and will not be described again here.
如图6所示,第一用户可以通过显示屏输入登录信息,该登录信息例如可以是车主口令,或可以是第一用户的用户名和密码。显示屏将接收到的登录信息发送给用户系统。用户系统对该接收到的登录信息进行验证。在验证成功的情况下,车辆进入车主模式,显示屏可以显示车主模式的用户界面。As shown in Figure 6, the first user can input login information through the display screen. The login information can be, for example, the car owner's password, or the first user's username and password. The display sends the received login information to the user system. The user system verifies the received login information. When the verification is successful, the vehicle enters the owner mode, and the display screen can display the user interface of the owner mode.
在车主模式的用户界面,显示屏可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息A。该指示信息A指示显示上述多个数据保护模式。进而显示屏的用户界面中可以显示出该多个数据保护模式。示例性地,该第一用户输入指示信息A的操作可以表现为对显示的用户界面中的某个控件的点击操作。后续第一用户输入指示信息的操作同理,不再赘述。In the user interface of the car owner mode, the display screen can receive the instruction information A input by the first user. The indication information A indicates to display the above multiple data protection modes. Then, the multiple data protection modes can be displayed on the user interface of the display screen. For example, the first user's operation of inputting the indication information A may be a click operation on a certain control in the displayed user interface. The subsequent operation of the first user inputting the instruction information is the same and will not be described again.
然后,在显示多个数据保护模式的用户界面,显示屏可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息B。该指示信息B指示进入代客模式配置菜单。显示屏接收到该指示信息B之后,可以先向权限管理模块发送查询代客模式下配置的功能使用状态的查询消息。Then, in the user interface displaying multiple data protection modes, the display screen may receive the indication information B input by the first user. The instruction information B indicates entering the valet mode configuration menu. After receiving the indication information B, the display screen can first send a query message to the rights management module to query the usage status of the functions configured in the valet mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,显示屏无需显示出包括上述多个数据保护模式的用户界面。具体的,上述显示屏显示车主模式的用户界面之后,车辆可以通过麦克风接收到进入代客模式配置菜单的语音指示信息。整车模式管理模块接收到该语音指示信息之后,可以向权限管理模块发送查询代客模式下配置的功能使用状态的查询消息。In a possible implementation, the display screen does not need to display a user interface including the above multiple data protection modes. Specifically, after the above-mentioned display screen displays the user interface of the car owner mode, the vehicle can receive the voice instruction information to enter the valet mode configuration menu through the microphone. After receiving the voice instruction information, the vehicle mode management module can send a query message to the authority management module to query the usage status of functions configured in the valet mode.
一种可能的实现中,权限管理模块接收到上述查询消息后,会向整车模式管理模块查询车辆当前的行驶状态。整车模式管理模块将查询到的当前行驶状态反馈给权限管理模块。In one possible implementation, after receiving the above query message, the authority management module queries the vehicle mode management module for the current driving status of the vehicle. The vehicle mode management module feeds back the queried current driving status to the authority management module.
一种可能的实现中,权限管理模块接收到上述查询消息后,会向用户系统查询当前登录用户的身份。用户系统将查询到的当前登录用户的身份信息反馈给权限管理模块。In one possible implementation, after receiving the above query message, the rights management module queries the user system for the identity of the currently logged in user. The user system feeds back the queried identity information of the currently logged-in user to the rights management module.
然后,权限管理模块可以基于车辆当前行驶状态判断车辆当前的行驶状态是否处于停止状态,和/或基于当前登录用户的身份信息判断登录用户是否为第一用户。在车辆当前的行驶状态处于停止状态和/或当前登录用户为第一用户时,权限管理模块向显示屏发送代客模式下配置的功能使用状态。显示屏显示代客模式下配置的功能使用状态。Then, the authority management module can determine whether the current driving state of the vehicle is in a stopped state based on the current driving state of the vehicle, and/or determine whether the logged-in user is the first user based on the identity information of the currently logged-in user. When the current driving state of the vehicle is in a stopped state and/or the currently logged-in user is the first user, the authority management module sends the function usage status configured in the valet mode to the display screen. The display shows the usage status of the functions configured in Valet mode.
在上述显示代客模式下配置的功能使用状态的用户界面,显示屏可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息C。该指示信息C指示启用代客模式。显示屏基于该指示信息C向权限管理模块发送启用代客模式的指示消息。In the above user interface for displaying the function usage status configured in the valet mode, the display screen can receive the instruction information C input by the first user. The indication information C indicates that the valet mode is enabled. The display screen sends an instruction message for enabling the valet mode to the rights management module based on the instruction information C.
权限管理模块接收到启用代客模式的指示消息之后,可以先判断是否已经设置有该代客模式的退出码。例如可以查询自身的存储器中是否存储有退出码,或向云端服务器查询是否已设置有退出码等等,本申请实施例对具体判断是否设置有退出码的方式不做限制。在没有设置退出码的情况下,权限管理模块向显示屏发送设置退出码的指示消息。显示屏显示指示第一用户设置退出码的信息,并接收第一用户输入的退出码。显示屏将退出码发送给权限管理模块。权限管理模块将接收到的退出码设置为该代客模式的退出码,并将退出码同步保存到云端服务器。然后,权限管理模块启用代客模式,并将成功启用代客模式的结果反馈到显示屏展示给第一用户。After receiving the instruction message to enable the valet mode, the authority management module can first determine whether the exit code of the valet mode has been set. For example, you can query whether there is an exit code stored in your own memory, or query the cloud server whether an exit code has been set, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific method of determining whether an exit code is set. When the exit code is not set, the authority management module sends an instruction message for setting the exit code to the display screen. The display screen displays information instructing the first user to set the exit code, and receives the exit code input by the first user. The display screen sends the exit code to the rights management module. The authority management module sets the received exit code to the exit code of the valet mode, and synchronizes the exit code to the cloud server. Then, the authority management module enables the valet mode, and feeds back the result of successfully enabling the valet mode to the display screen to display to the first user.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述权限管理模块判断出没有设置代客模式的退出码的情况下,可以随机设置一个该代客模式的退出码并保存,然后将设置好的退出码发送到显示屏展示给用户。In a possible implementation, when the above authority management module determines that the exit code of the valet mode is not set, it can randomly set an exit code of the valet mode and save it, and then send the set exit code to the display screen is displayed to the user.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述代客模式的退出码可以重置。示例性地,车辆可以通过显示屏接收第一用户新输入的退出码,然后权限管理模块将原来的退出码替换为新输入的退出码并保存,以此实现退出码的重置。In a possible implementation, the exit code of the above-mentioned valet mode can be reset. For example, the vehicle can receive the exit code newly input by the first user through the display screen, and then the permission management module replaces the original exit code with the newly entered exit code and saves it, thereby resetting the exit code.
一种可能的实施方式中,可以示例性地参见图7。上述显示屏显示代客模式下配置的功能使用状态之后,显示屏还可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息D。该指示信息D指示配置一个或多个功能的使用状态。示例性地,该指示信息D可以指示允许或禁止使用该一个或多个功能。该一个或多个功能可以是私人物理空间的使用功能或车辆最高时速的限制功能等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。In a possible implementation, see FIG. 7 for example. After the above display screen displays the function usage status configured in the valet mode, the display screen can also receive instruction information D input by the first user. The indication information D indicates configuring the usage status of one or more functions. For example, the indication information D may indicate whether to allow or prohibit the use of the one or more functions. The one or more functions may be a private physical space usage function or a vehicle maximum speed limiting function, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
显示屏接收到上述指示信息D后,向权限管理模块发送该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置指示。权限管理模块保存该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置,并向显示屏反馈配置成功的结果,以展示给第一用户。本申请实施例中,第一用户可以自定义配置代客模式下的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的灵活配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。After receiving the above indication information D, the display screen sends a configuration indication of the usage status of the one or more functions to the rights management module. The rights management module saves the configuration of the usage status of the one or more functions, and feeds back the result of successful configuration to the display screen to display to the first user. In the embodiment of this application, the first user can customize the function usage status in the valet mode, which can realize flexible configuration requirements in different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
需要说明的是,上述图6和图7所示流程仅为一个示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned processes shown in Figures 6 and 7 are only an example and do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
上述维修模式可以是车辆为第四用户提供的使用模式。该第四用户可以是维修人员等。在该维修模式下,车辆上述的个人数据被加密隔离,无法通过外部设备访问或拷贝。即维修人员访问不到车主及其他用户的个人数据。示例性地,可以通过个人数据单独存储等方式,支持在维修模式下对个人数据进行加密,并且涉及个人数据的业务变更为未授权访问状态,从而实现个人数据的隔离。在退出维修模式后车辆自动解密个人数据,并恢复个人数据的业务的历史授权。The above-mentioned maintenance mode may be a usage mode provided by the vehicle for the fourth user. The fourth user may be a maintenance personnel or the like. In this maintenance mode, the above-mentioned personal data of the vehicle is encrypted and isolated and cannot be accessed or copied through external devices. That is, maintenance personnel cannot access the personal data of car owners and other users. For example, the isolation of personal data can be achieved by separately storing personal data, supporting the encryption of personal data in maintenance mode, and changing the business involving personal data to an unauthorized access state. After exiting the maintenance mode, the vehicle automatically decrypts personal data and restores the historical authorization of the personal data business.
上述维修模式由上述第一用户主动开启。具体实现中,车辆在上述车主模式下,接收第一用户输入的指示信息。车辆基于该指示信息确定维修模式,进而将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该维修模式。示例性地,上述第一用户输入的指示信息可以是选择该维修模式的指示信息。基于该指示信息,车辆可以在自身的多个数据保护模式中锁定该维修模式,进而将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该维修模式。The above-mentioned maintenance mode is actively turned on by the above-mentioned first user. In specific implementation, the vehicle receives instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode. The vehicle determines the maintenance mode based on the indication information, and then switches the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the maintenance mode. For example, the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode. Based on the indication information, the vehicle can lock the maintenance mode in its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode from the owner mode to the maintenance mode.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择维修模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的显示屏输入。示例性地,车辆的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括指示该维修模式的控件。车辆 通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述选择维修模式的指示信息。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode may be input by the first user through a display screen of the vehicle. For example, the user interface displayed on the vehicle's display screen may include controls indicating the maintenance mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode based on the click operation.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择维修模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的麦克风输入。示例性地,车辆通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的语音信息,该语音信息指示选择上述维修模式。例如,该语音信息的内容可以是“维修模式”、“切换为维修模式”或者“转到维修模式”等等。本申请实施例对该具体输入的语音内容不做限制。In a possible implementation, the instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle. Exemplarily, the vehicle receives voice information input by the first user through a microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned maintenance mode. For example, the content of the voice message may be "maintenance mode", "switch to maintenance mode" or "go to maintenance mode" and so on. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述维修模式的描述中,该维修模式可以是上述步骤S401中的第一模式。上述选择该维修模式的指示信息即为上述步骤S401中的第一信息。In a possible embodiment, in the above description of the maintenance mode, the maintenance mode may be the first mode in the above step S401. The above instruction information for selecting the maintenance mode is the first information in the above step S401.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆基于第一用户输入的指示信息确定维修模式之后,可以先检查车辆当前的行驶状态。如果车辆处于停止状态,那么,可以将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该维修模式。若车辆处于行驶的状态,则不进行模式的切换,并可以告知第一用户。本申请实施例中只有在停车状态下可以进行模式切换,保证车辆和用户的安全。并且可以避免因误操作导致模式切换带来的安全隐患。In a possible embodiment, after the vehicle determines the maintenance mode based on the instruction information input by the first user, the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the owner mode to the maintenance mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
在上述维修模式下,车辆通过预设的退出方式退出该维修模式。该预设的退出方式为在接收到预设的退出码的情况下退出该维修模式。具体实现可以参见上述关于退出代客模式的描述,此处不赘述。In the above maintenance mode, the vehicle exits the maintenance mode through the preset exit method. The preset exit method is to exit the maintenance mode upon receiving a preset exit code. For specific implementation, please refer to the above description on exiting the valet mode, and will not be described in detail here.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆在确定维修模式之后,可以查询该维修模式中配置的功能使用状态。具体实现可以参见上述关于查询代客模式中配置的功能使用状态的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, after determining the maintenance mode, the vehicle can query the function usage status configured in the maintenance mode. For specific implementation, please refer to the above description about querying the function usage status configured in the valet mode, and will not be described in detail here.
一种可能的实施例中,车辆可以通过人机交互接收第一用户的指示信息来自定义配置上述维修模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。具体实现可以参见上述关于代客模式下的功能使用状态的自定义配置的描述,此处不赘述。In one possible embodiment, the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the maintenance mode. For specific implementation, please refer to the above description of the custom configuration of function usage status in valet mode, which will not be described here.
一种可能的实施例中,上述维修模式相关的具体实现流程,可以示例性地参考上述图6或图7所示的代客模式相关的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, for the specific implementation process related to the above-mentioned maintenance mode, reference may be made to the description related to the valet mode shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and will not be described again here.
为了便于理解上述维修模式的使用流程,可以示例性地参见图8。图8示出了第一用户和第四用户分别与车辆人机交互的流程。具体实现中,在车主模式下,车辆接收第一用户输入的第一指示信息。该第一指示信息用于指示切换到维修模式。示例性地,该第一指示信息可以是通过显示屏或麦克风接收到的指示信息。一种可能的实现中,车辆可以指示要求用户进一步确认是否进入维修模式。示例性地,可以通过显示屏显示该要求进一步确认的信息或通过语音提示进一步确认。然后,车辆接收到第一用户输入的确认进入维修模式的信息。基于该确认信息车辆启用维修模式,并在显示屏显示维修模式下的菜单。然后,第四用户即维修人员基于维修模式下的菜单对车辆进行维修。维修完成后,车辆接收到第一用户输入的退出维修模式的指示信息,例如接收到预设的退出码。基于该指示信息,车辆退出维修模式,并将车辆的模式切换回车主模式。需要说明的是,图8所示流程仅为一个示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。In order to facilitate understanding of the usage process of the above-mentioned maintenance mode, reference may be made to FIG. 8 as an example. Figure 8 shows the process of human-computer interaction between the first user and the fourth user respectively. In specific implementation, in the vehicle owner mode, the vehicle receives the first instruction information input by the first user. The first instruction information is used to instruct switching to the maintenance mode. For example, the first indication information may be indication information received through a display screen or a microphone. In one possible implementation, the vehicle may instruct the user to further confirm whether to enter maintenance mode. For example, the information requiring further confirmation can be displayed through the display screen or further confirmed through voice prompts. Then, the vehicle receives information input by the first user confirming entering the maintenance mode. Based on this confirmation information, the vehicle activates service mode and displays the service mode menu on the display. Then, the fourth user, that is, the maintenance personnel, performs maintenance on the vehicle based on the menu in the maintenance mode. After the maintenance is completed, the vehicle receives instruction information to exit the maintenance mode input by the first user, such as receiving a preset exit code. Based on this indication information, the vehicle exits maintenance mode and switches the vehicle's mode back to owner mode. It should be noted that the process shown in Figure 8 is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
上述二手车交易模式可以用于车辆在二手车交易过程中的手续交接的场景。在该二手车交易模式下,车辆可以执行该车辆的第一用户的所有权的移交,该第一用户的授权权限的移交,解除车辆与第一用户的身份绑定,车辆与该车辆新的所有者的身份绑定,或删除车辆中的个人数据中的一项或多项操作。可选的,还可以将车辆恢复到出厂设置。The above-mentioned second-hand car transaction model can be used in the scenario of vehicle handover during the second-hand car transaction process. In the second-hand car transaction mode, the vehicle can transfer the ownership of the first user of the vehicle, transfer the authorization rights of the first user, unbind the identity of the vehicle and the first user, and transfer the new ownership of the vehicle to the vehicle. Bind the user’s identity or delete one or more of the personal data in the vehicle. Optionally, the vehicle can also be restored to factory settings.
上述二手车交易模式由上述第一用户主动开启。具体实现中,车辆在上述车主模式下, 接收第一用户输入的指示信息。车辆基于该指示信息确定二手车交易模式,进而将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该二手车交易模式。示例性地,上述第一用户输入的指示信息可以是选择该二手车交易模式的指示信息。基于该指示信息,车辆可以在自身的多个数据保护模式中锁定该二手车交易模式,进而将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该二手车交易模式。The above-mentioned second-hand car trading mode is actively started by the above-mentioned first user. In specific implementation, the vehicle receives instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode. The vehicle determines the second-hand car transaction mode based on the instruction information, and then switches the vehicle's mode from the car owner mode to the second-hand car transaction mode. For example, the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode. Based on the instruction information, the vehicle can lock the second-hand car transaction mode in its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode from the car owner mode to the second-hand car transaction mode.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择二手车交易模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的显示屏输入。示例性地,车辆的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括指示该二手车交易模式的控件。车辆通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述选择二手车交易模式的指示信息。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode may be input by the first user through the display screen of the vehicle. For example, the user interface displayed on the display screen of the vehicle may include controls indicating the second-hand car transaction mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and based on the click operation, the above instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode can be generated.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述选择二手车交易模式的指示信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的麦克风输入。示例性地,车辆通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的语音信息,该语音信息指示选择上述二手车交易模式。例如,该语音信息的内容可以是“二手车交易模式”、“切换为二手车交易模式”或者“转到二手车交易模式”等等。本申请实施例对该具体输入的语音内容不做限制。In a possible implementation, the above instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle. For example, the vehicle receives the voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the voice information indicates selecting the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction mode. For example, the content of the voice message may be "used car transaction mode", "switch to used car transaction mode" or "switch to used car transaction mode" and so on. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述二手车交易模式的描述中,该二手车交易模式可以是上述步骤S401中的第一模式。上述选择该二手车交易模式的指示信息即为上述步骤S401中的第一信息。In a possible embodiment, in the description of the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction mode, the second-hand car transaction mode may be the first mode in the above-mentioned step S401. The above-mentioned instruction information for selecting the second-hand car transaction mode is the first information in the above-mentioned step S401.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆基于第一用户输入的指示信息确定二手车交易模式之后,可以先检查车辆当前的行驶状态。如果车辆处于停止状态,那么,可以将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该二手车交易模式。若车辆处于行驶的状态,则不进行模式的切换,并可以告知第一用户。本申请实施例中只有在停车状态下可以进行模式切换,保证车辆和用户的安全。并且可以避免因误操作导致模式切换带来的安全隐患。In a possible embodiment, after the vehicle determines the second-hand car transaction mode based on the instruction information input by the first user, the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the car owner mode to the second-hand car transaction mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
在上述二手车交易模式下,车辆通过预设的退出方式退出该维修模式。示例性地,该预设的退出方式为在接收到预设的退出码的情况下退出该维修模式。具体实现可以参见上述关于退出代客模式的描述,此处不赘述。另一种可能的实现中,该预设的退出方式可以是车辆在该二手车交易模式下执行完成预设的操作流程后,自动退出二手车交易模式。例如,在启用二手车交易模式后,车辆按顺序自动执行该车辆的第一用户的所有权的移交,该第一用户的授权权限的移交,解除车辆与第一用户的身份绑定,车辆与该车辆新的所有者的身份绑定,或删除车辆中的个人数据中的一项或多项操作。在执行该一项或多项操作的过程中,用户可以基于车辆的指示输入信息或进行相应的操作,本申请实施例对此不做限制。在执行完成该一项或多项操作的过程中,车辆自动退出二手车交易模式并提示用户。In the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction mode, the vehicle exits the maintenance mode through the preset exit method. For example, the preset exit method is to exit the maintenance mode upon receiving a preset exit code. For specific implementation, please refer to the above description on exiting the valet mode, and will not be described in detail here. In another possible implementation, the preset exit method may be that the vehicle automatically exits the second-hand car transaction mode after completing the preset operation process in the second-hand car transaction mode. For example, after the second-hand car transaction mode is enabled, the vehicle automatically transfers the ownership of the first user of the vehicle, transfers the authorization rights of the first user, and unbinds the identity of the vehicle from the first user. One or more operations to bind the identity of the new owner of the vehicle, or to delete personal data in the vehicle. During the execution of one or more operations, the user may input information or perform corresponding operations based on the vehicle's instructions, which is not limited by the embodiments of the present application. During the process of completing one or more operations, the vehicle automatically exits the second-hand car transaction mode and prompts the user.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆在确定二手车交易模式之后,可以查询该二手车交易模式中配置的功能使用状态。具体实现可以参见上述关于查询代客模式中配置的功能使用状态的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, after the vehicle determines the second-hand car transaction mode, it can query the function usage status configured in the second-hand car transaction mode. For specific implementation, please refer to the above description about querying the function usage status configured in the valet mode, and will not be described in detail here.
一种可能的实施例中,车辆可以通过人机交互接收第一用户的指示信息来自定义配置上述二手车交易模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。具体实现可以参见上述关于代客模式下的功能使用状态的自定义配置的描述,此处不赘述。In one possible embodiment, the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to customize the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited in the second-hand car transaction mode. For specific implementation, please refer to the above description of the custom configuration of function usage status in valet mode, which will not be described here.
一种可能的实施例中,上述二手车交易模式相关的具体实现流程,可以示例性地参考上述图6或图7所示的代客模式相关的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, the specific implementation process related to the above-mentioned second-hand car transaction mode can be exemplarily referred to the description related to the valet mode shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 , and will not be described again here.
上述车外拍摄提示模式可以用于查看车辆周围的情况。在该车外拍摄提示模式下,在感知到对车辆的预设动作的情况下,可以启动车辆的摄像头拍摄车辆周围的影像。该预设动作 例如可以是对拍打车辆、剐蹭车辆、敲打车辆的玻璃或撬动车门等等对车辆异常触碰的动作。The above-mentioned off-car shooting prompt mode can be used to view the situation around the vehicle. In the off-car shooting prompt mode, when a preset action on the vehicle is sensed, the vehicle's camera can be activated to capture images around the vehicle. The preset action may be, for example, an action of slapping the vehicle, scratching the vehicle, knocking on the glass of the vehicle, or prying the door, etc. to cause abnormal contact with the vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述车外拍摄提示模式可以是在车辆停泊的情况下触发启用。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned off-vehicle shooting prompt mode may be triggered when the vehicle is parked.
具体的,在车辆感知到上述预设动作之后,可以指示车辆外部的摄像头拍摄车辆周围的环境影像。可选的,摄像头还可以发出灯光提醒用户出现异常情况。Specifically, after the vehicle senses the above preset action, the camera outside the vehicle can be instructed to capture images of the environment around the vehicle. Optionally, the camera can also emit lights to alert users of abnormal situations.
上述拍摄得到的车辆周围的影像数据可以加密存储在车辆的存储器中。上述第一用户才有权限访问这些影像数据。The image data captured above around the vehicle can be encrypted and stored in the vehicle's memory. Only the above-mentioned first user has the authority to access these image data.
一种可能的实现中,若上述存储在车辆中的影像数据离开车辆,例如被拷贝或被发送到另外的设备,车辆会先对影像数据进行脱敏操作后才允许其脱离车辆。该脱敏操作例如可以是去掉或掩盖(例如打马赛克)影像数据中包括的敏感数据。该敏感数据例如包括车辆用户或车外行人的人脸图像等等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In one possible implementation, if the above image data stored in the vehicle leaves the vehicle, for example, is copied or sent to another device, the vehicle will first desensitize the image data before allowing it to leave the vehicle. The desensitization operation may be, for example, removing or masking (eg mosaicing) sensitive data included in the image data. The sensitive data includes, for example, face images of vehicle users or pedestrians outside the vehicle, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
上述车外拍摄提示模式由上述第一用户预先设置。示例性地,车辆在上述车主模式下,接收第一用户输入的指示信息。车辆基于该指示信息开启该车外拍摄提示模式的使用功能。从而使得车辆在感知到上述预设动作的情况下,可以启动车辆的摄像头拍摄车辆周围的影像。The above-mentioned off-car shooting prompt mode is preset by the above-mentioned first user. For example, the vehicle receives the instruction information input by the first user in the above-mentioned vehicle owner mode. The vehicle activates the use function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode based on the indication information. Therefore, when the vehicle senses the above-mentioned preset action, it can activate the vehicle's camera to capture images around the vehicle.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述指示开启该车外拍摄提示模式的使用功能的信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的显示屏输入。示例性地,车辆的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括指示该车外拍摄提示模式的控件或者包括该车外拍摄提示模式的功能开关控件。车辆通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以开启该车外拍摄提示模式的使用功能。In a possible implementation manner, the above information instructing to turn on the usage function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode may be input by the first user through the display screen of the vehicle. For example, the user interface displayed on the display screen of the vehicle may include a control indicating the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode or a function switch control including the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode. The vehicle senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and based on the click operation, the use function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode can be enabled.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述开启该车外拍摄提示模式的使用功能的信息可以是第一用户通过车辆的麦克风输入。示例性地,车辆通过麦克风接收第一用户输入的语音信息,该语音信息指示开启该车外拍摄提示模式的使用功能。例如,该语音信息的内容可以是“开启车外拍摄提示模式”、“启用车外拍摄提示模式”或者“激活外拍摄提示模式”等等。本申请实施例对该具体输入的语音内容不做限制。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned information for enabling the usage function of the outside-vehicle shooting prompt mode may be input by the first user through a microphone of the vehicle. Exemplarily, the vehicle receives the voice information input by the first user through the microphone, and the voice information instructs to turn on the use function of the off-vehicle shooting prompt mode. For example, the content of the voice message may be "turn on the outside shooting prompt mode", "enable the outside shooting prompt mode" or "activate the outside shooting prompt mode" and so on. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific input voice content.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆在开启该车外拍摄提示模式的使用功能之后,可以查询该车外拍摄提示模式中配置的功能使用状态。该车外拍摄提示模式中配置的功能使用状态可以包括车辆外部多个摄像头各个摄像头的使用状态。示例性地,车辆通过显示屏或麦克风接收到查询的指示信息之后,可以指示车机控制系统中的权限管理模块查询。权限管理模块查询到对应的功能使用状态之后,可以向车辆的显示屏发送显示指令,指示显示屏显示查询到的功能使用状态。In a possible embodiment, after the above-mentioned vehicle turns on the use function of the off-car shooting prompt mode, it can query the usage status of the functions configured in the off-car shooting prompt mode. The function usage status configured in the vehicle exterior shooting prompt mode may include the usage status of each of multiple cameras outside the vehicle. For example, after the vehicle receives the query instruction information through the display screen or microphone, it can instruct the authority management module in the vehicle control system to query. After querying the corresponding function usage status, the authority management module can send a display instruction to the vehicle's display screen to instruct the display screen to display the query function usage status.
一种可能的实施例中,车辆可以通过人机交互接收第一用户的指示信息来自定义配置上述车外拍摄提示模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。示例性地,车辆可以通过显示屏或麦克风接收第一用户的指示信息。该指示信息可以指示在车外拍摄提示模式下启用或禁用某个车辆外部的摄像头。然后,车辆基于该指示信息指示权限管理模块保存该某个车辆外部摄像头的使用状态配置。从而使得至开启车外拍摄提示模式的情况下,基于该配置启用或禁用该某个车辆外部的摄像头。本申请实施例可以自定义配置车外拍摄提示模式中摄像头的使用状态,以灵活地适应各种车外拍摄场景。In one possible embodiment, the vehicle can receive instruction information from the first user through human-computer interaction to custom configure the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the above-mentioned off-vehicle shooting prompt mode. For example, the vehicle may receive the first user's instruction information through a display screen or a microphone. The indication information may indicate enabling or disabling a camera outside a certain vehicle in the exterior shooting prompt mode. Then, the vehicle instructs the rights management module to save the usage status configuration of a certain vehicle external camera based on the instruction information. Thus, when the vehicle exterior shooting prompt mode is turned on, the camera outside the vehicle is enabled or disabled based on the configuration. The embodiment of the present application can customize the usage status of the camera in the off-car shooting prompt mode to flexibly adapt to various off-car shooting scenarios.
上述第一乘客保护模式可以用于检测车辆内的乘客的状态。示例性地,在第一乘客保护模式下,车辆可以检测车辆内乘客的滞留情况。对于车辆内的乘客,可以进行体温检测或脸谱影像分析等操作。还可以检测车内的温度等等。通过这些操作可以及时发现乘客的不适或异常,防止乘客出现意外危险。The above-mentioned first passenger protection mode may be used to detect the status of passengers in the vehicle. For example, in the first passenger protection mode, the vehicle may detect a stranded passenger in the vehicle. For passengers in the vehicle, operations such as body temperature detection or facial image analysis can be performed. It can also detect the temperature inside the car and so on. Through these operations, passengers' discomfort or abnormalities can be detected in time to prevent unexpected dangers to passengers.
一种可能的实现中,上述乘客可以是老人、儿童、病人或普通乘客等。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned passengers may be the elderly, children, patients or ordinary passengers.
一种可能的实现中,上述第一乘客保护模式可以是在上述车主模式、亲友模式、代客模式、维修模式或二手车交易模式开启的情况下,进一步开启的模式。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned first passenger protection mode may be a mode that is further enabled when the above-mentioned car owner mode, family and friends mode, valet mode, maintenance mode or second-hand car transaction mode is enabled.
一种可能的实施方式中,在模式A开启的情况下进一步开启的第一乘客保护模式的功能使用状态,可以与在模式B开启的情况下进一步开启的第一乘客保护模式的功能使用状态不同。该模式A和模式B均为上述车主模式、亲友模式、代客模式、维修模式或二手车交易模式中的一种模式,模式A和模式B不同。例如,以模式A为亲友模式,模式B为维修模式为例。在亲友模式下,考虑到车辆内可能有儿童,因此,在亲友模式开启的情况下进一步开启的第一乘客保护模式可以开启检测车辆内乘客的滞留情况的功能。而在维修模式下,一般是维修人员在操作车辆,没有其它的乘客,因此,在维修模式开启的情况下进一步开启的第一乘客保护模式可以关闭检测车辆内乘客的滞留情况的功能。此处仅为示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。In a possible implementation, the function usage status of the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when mode A is turned on may be different from the function usage status of the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when mode B is turned on. . Both Mode A and Mode B are one of the above-mentioned car owner mode, family and friend mode, valet mode, maintenance mode or second-hand car transaction mode, and Mode A and Mode B are different. For example, take mode A as the friends and relatives mode and mode B as the maintenance mode. In the family and friends mode, considering that there may be children in the vehicle, the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when the family and friends mode is turned on can enable the function of detecting the stranded status of passengers in the vehicle. In the maintenance mode, maintenance personnel are generally operating the vehicle and there are no other passengers. Therefore, the first passenger protection mode that is further turned on when the maintenance mode is turned on can turn off the function of detecting the stranded status of passengers in the vehicle. This is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
一种可能的实施方式中,不同模式下进一步开启的第一乘客保护模式的不同功能使用状态可以是车辆基于上述第一用户的指示信息自定义配置好的,或者可以是出厂时预设配置好的,本申请实施例对此不做限制。In a possible implementation, the different function usage states of the first passenger protection mode that are further turned on in different modes may be customized and configured by the vehicle based on the above-mentioned first user's instruction information, or may be preset at the factory. , the embodiment of this application does not limit this.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述第一乘客保护模式可以是在车辆当前登录用户确认之后进一步开启的。示例性的,该乘客模式是基于当前登录用户主动输入的启用指示信息开启的。或者,示例性地,该乘客模式可以是车辆通过显示屏或麦克风自动询问是否启用,在接收到确认指示信息后开启的。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned first passenger protection mode may be further turned on after confirmation by the currently logged-in user of the vehicle. For example, the passenger mode is enabled based on the activation indication information actively input by the currently logged-in user. Or, for example, the passenger mode can be enabled by the vehicle automatically asking whether to enable it through the display screen or microphone, and after receiving the confirmation instruction information.
上述第二乘客保护模式可以用于关闭车辆内的摄像头和/或麦克风。在具体实现中,用户可以通过显示屏或麦克风输入指示信息。该指示信息可以指示全部关闭车内的摄像头或麦克风。另一种可能的实现中,车辆内设置有一个按钮,用户可以通过按下该按钮以指示关闭车内的摄像头或麦克风。可选的,用户可以通过车辆的显示屏查看具体涉及该车内的摄像头或麦克风的业务列表。The above-mentioned second passenger protection mode can be used to turn off the camera and/or microphone in the vehicle. In a specific implementation, the user can input instruction information through the display screen or microphone. This instruction message can instruct all cameras or microphones in the car to be turned off. In another possible implementation, a button is provided in the vehicle, and the user can press the button to instruct to turn off the camera or microphone in the vehicle. Optionally, the user can view the business list specifically involving the camera or microphone in the vehicle through the vehicle's display screen.
一种可能的实现中,上述第二乘客保护模式可以是在上述车主模式、亲友模式、代客模式、维修模式或二手车交易模式开启的情况下,进一步开启的模式。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second passenger protection mode may be a mode that is further enabled when the above-mentioned car owner mode, family and friends mode, valet mode, maintenance mode or second-hand car transaction mode is enabled.
对于乘客外出乘车的场景中,特别是在租车、网约车或拼车等场景中,该第二乘客保护模式可以进一步保护车内人员的个人信息不外泄。For scenarios where passengers go out for a ride, especially in scenarios such as car rental, online ride-hailing, or carpooling, this second passenger protection mode can further protect the personal information of people in the car from being leaked.
另一种可能的实施例中,本申请实施例提供的车辆访问权限控制方法可以通过终端设备和车辆的交互通信来实现。这种情况下,可以示例性地参见图9,本申请实施例提供的车辆访问权限控制方法包括但不限于如下步骤:In another possible embodiment, the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be implemented through interactive communication between the terminal device and the vehicle. In this case, referring to Figure 9 for example, the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S901、终端设备基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,第一模式为车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。S901. The terminal device determines a first mode based on the first indication information, where the first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
示例性地,该终端设备可以是上述图3所示中的终端设备120,该车辆可以是上述图3所示中的车辆100。上述多个数据保护模式可以参见前面的描述,此处不赘述。该第一模式例如可以是代客模式、维修模式、二手车交易模式或第一乘客保护模式等等。For example, the terminal device may be the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 3 above, and the vehicle may be the vehicle 100 shown in FIG. 3 above. For the above multiple data protection modes, please refer to the previous description and will not be described again here. The first mode may be, for example, a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a second-hand car transaction mode or a first passenger protection mode, or the like.
一种可能的实现中,终端设备和车辆之间交互的消息可以有云端服务器进行转发。或者,另一种可能的实现中,终端设备可以与车辆直接建立通信连接后进行通信。本申请实施例对终端设备和车辆之间的通信方式不做限制。In one possible implementation, messages exchanged between the terminal device and the vehicle can be forwarded by the cloud server. Or, in another possible implementation, the terminal device can communicate directly with the vehicle after establishing a communication connection. The embodiments of this application do not limit the communication method between the terminal device and the vehicle.
具体实现中,终端设备可以接收上述第一用户输入的登录信息。示例性地,终端设备可以通过显示屏或麦克风接收该登录信息。后续终端设备接收用户输入的信息均可以是通过显示屏或麦克风接收,具体描述时主要以通过显示屏接收为例。In specific implementation, the terminal device may receive the login information input by the first user. For example, the terminal device may receive the login information through a display screen or a microphone. The subsequent terminal device may receive the information input by the user through the display screen or the microphone. The specific description mainly takes the reception through the display screen as an example.
上述登录信息包括该第一用户的身份信息。关于身份信息的描述可以参见前面的介绍,此处不赘述。该登录信息用于登录车辆的用户系统。基于该登录信息,终端设备可以进入该车辆的用户系统。示例性地,终端设备的显示屏可以显示该用户系统的用户界面。通过该用户系统可以提供该车辆的功能使用权限。示例性地,通过该用户系统的用户界面可以控制该车辆的功能使用状态等。The above login information includes the identity information of the first user. For descriptions of identity information, please refer to the previous introduction and will not be repeated here. This login information is used to log into the vehicle's user system. Based on the login information, the terminal device can enter the user system of the vehicle. For example, the display screen of the terminal device may display the user interface of the user system. The user system can provide function usage rights of the vehicle. For example, the function usage status of the vehicle and the like can be controlled through the user interface of the user system.
具体的,在上述终端设备显示的用户系统的用户界面,终端设备可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息。车辆基于该指示信息确定上述第一模式。示例性地,该第一用户输入的指示信息可以是选择该第一模式的指示信息。例如,终端设备显示的用户系统的用户界面中可以包括指示该第一模式的控件。终端设备通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述选择第一模式的指示信息。Specifically, in the user interface of the user system displayed on the terminal device, the terminal device may receive the instruction information input by the first user. The vehicle determines the first mode based on the indication information. For example, the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for selecting the first mode. For example, the user interface of the user system displayed by the terminal device may include a control indicating the first mode. The terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for selecting the first mode based on the click operation.
或者,示例性地,上述第一用户输入的指示信息可以是开启该第一模式的指示信息。例如,终端设备显示的用户系统的用户界面中可以包括该第一模式的功能开关控件。终端设备通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该功能开关控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述开启第一模式的指示信息。Or, for example, the instruction information input by the first user may be instruction information for turning on the first mode. For example, the user interface of the user system displayed by the terminal device may include the function switch control of the first mode. The terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the function switch control through the user interface, and can generate the above instruction information for turning on the first mode based on the click operation.
一种可能的实施方式中,终端设备可以通过相应的APP、小程序或网页等与用户进行人机交互,并与车辆进行交互通信。In one possible implementation, the terminal device can perform human-computer interaction with the user through a corresponding APP, applet, or web page, and conduct interactive communication with the vehicle.
S902、终端设备向车辆发送第一消息,第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。S902. The terminal device sends a first message to the vehicle, and the first message instructs to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
具体实现中,终端设备接收到第一用户输入的指示信息之后,基于该指示信息向车辆发送上述第一消息。In a specific implementation, after receiving the instruction information input by the first user, the terminal device sends the above-mentioned first message to the vehicle based on the instruction information.
S903、车辆接收第一消息。S903. The vehicle receives the first message.
S904、车辆将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。S904. The vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode.
车辆接收到上述第一消息之后,基于该第一消息,车辆可以在自身的多个数据保护模式中锁定该第一模式,进而将车辆的模式切换为该第一模式。关于车辆模式切换的具体实现,可以参考前述各个数据保护模式中对应的描述,此处不赘述。After the vehicle receives the above-mentioned first message, based on the first message, the vehicle can lock the first mode among its multiple data protection modes, and then switch the vehicle's mode to the first mode. Regarding the specific implementation of vehicle mode switching, you can refer to the corresponding descriptions in each data protection mode mentioned above, and will not be described again here.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆将车辆的模式切换为第一模式之前,可以先检查车辆当前的行驶状态。如果车辆处于停止状态,那么,可以将车辆的模式由车主模式切换为该二手车交易模式。若车辆处于行驶的状态,则不进行模式的切换,并可以告知第一用户。关于检查车辆当前的行驶状态的具体实现可以参考前述图6中的描述,此处不赘述。本申请实施例中只有在停车状态下可以进行模式切换,保证车辆和用户的安全。并且可以避免因误操作导致模式切换带来的安全隐患。In a possible embodiment, before the vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode, the vehicle may first check the current driving status of the vehicle. If the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle can be switched from the car owner mode to the second-hand car trading mode. If the vehicle is in a driving state, mode switching is not performed and the first user can be notified. Regarding the specific implementation of checking the current driving status of the vehicle, reference can be made to the description in Figure 6 and will not be described again here. In the embodiment of this application, mode switching can only be performed in the parking state to ensure the safety of the vehicle and the user. And it can avoid safety hazards caused by mode switching due to misoperation.
一种可能的实施例中,上述车辆将车辆的模式切换为第一模式之前,可以检查当前登录车辆用户系统的用户的身份。在登录用户为上述第一用户的情况下,车辆才将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。关于检查当前登录车辆用户系统的用户身份的具体实现可以参考前述图6中的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, before the vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode, the identity of the user currently logged in to the vehicle user system may be checked. When the logged-in user is the above-mentioned first user, the vehicle switches the vehicle mode to the first mode. Regarding the specific implementation of checking the identity of the user currently logged in to the vehicle user system, reference can be made to the description in Figure 6 and will not be described again here.
S905、车辆向终端设备发送第一响应消息,第一响应消息指示车辆的模式已切换为第一模式。S905. The vehicle sends a first response message to the terminal device. The first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
车辆切换为第一模式之后,生成上述第一响应消息,并发送给上述终端设备。After the vehicle switches to the first mode, the above-mentioned first response message is generated and sent to the above-mentioned terminal device.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述终端设备进入车辆的用户系统,终端设备的显示屏显示该 用户系统的用户界面之后,可以查询该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。In a possible embodiment, after the above-mentioned terminal device enters the user system of the vehicle and the display screen of the terminal device displays the user interface of the user system, the function usage status configured in the first mode can be queried.
示例性地,一种可能的实现中,终端设备可以向车辆发送该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态的查询消息。例如,终端设备的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括用于查询第一模式中配置的功能使用状态的查询控件,终端设备通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该查询控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述查询消息,并向车辆发送。车辆接收到该查询消息后,将该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态发送给该终端设备。终端设备可以将接收到的第一模式中配置的功能使用状态显示在显示屏。For example, in a possible implementation, the terminal device may send a query message for the function usage status configured in the first mode to the vehicle. For example, the user interface displayed on the display screen of the terminal device may include a query control for querying the usage status of the functions configured in the first mode. The terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the query control through the user interface, and based on This click operation can generate the above query message and send it to the vehicle. After receiving the query message, the vehicle sends the function usage status configured in the first mode to the terminal device. The terminal device may display the received function usage status configured in the first mode on the display screen.
另一种可能的实现中,云端服务器备份有该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。例如,终端设备的显示屏显示的用户界面中可以包括用于查询第一模式中配置的功能使用状态的查询控件,终端设备通过该用户界面感知到第一用户对该查询控件的点击操作,基于该点击操作可以生成上述查询消息,并向云端服务器发送。终端设备可以向云端服务器发送该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态的查询消息。云端服务器接收到该查询消息后,将该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态发送给该终端设备。终端设备可以将接收到的第一模式中配置的功能使用状态显示在显示屏。In another possible implementation, the cloud server backup has the function usage status configured in the first mode. For example, the user interface displayed on the display screen of the terminal device may include a query control for querying the usage status of the functions configured in the first mode. The terminal device senses the first user's click operation on the query control through the user interface, and based on This click operation can generate the above query message and send it to the cloud server. The terminal device may send a query message about the function usage status configured in the first mode to the cloud server. After receiving the query message, the cloud server sends the function usage status configured in the first mode to the terminal device. The terminal device may display the received function usage status configured in the first mode on the display screen.
另一种可能的实现中,在上述终端设备基于第一指示信息确定第一模式的时候,终端设备还可以向上述车辆或云端服务器发送上述查询消息,从而获得该第一模式中配置的功能使用状态,并显示在显示屏。这种实现无需另外基于用户输入的查询指示来查询,而是基于该第一指示信息就可以锁定该第一模式,同时向车辆或云端服务器发送上述查询消息。In another possible implementation, when the terminal device determines the first mode based on the first indication information, the terminal device may also send the query message to the vehicle or cloud server, thereby obtaining the function usage configured in the first mode. status and displayed on the display. This implementation does not require additional query based on the query instructions input by the user, but can lock the first mode based on the first instruction information and simultaneously send the above query message to the vehicle or cloud server.
一种可能的实施例中,在上述终端设备进入车辆的用户系统,终端设备的显示屏可以显示该用户系统的用户界面之后,终端设备可以基于第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置上述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In a possible embodiment, after the above-mentioned terminal device enters the user system of the vehicle and the display screen of the terminal device can display the user interface of the user system, the terminal device can configure the above-mentioned first command based on the second instruction information input by the first user. Features allowed and/or prohibited in the mode.
具体实现中,终端设备接收到第一用户输入的在第一模式中启用或禁用某个功能的指示信息后,基于该指示信息生成对应的指示消息发送给车辆。该指示消息中可以包含在第一模式中启用或禁用某个功能的指示信息。车辆接收到该指示消息后,在第一模式下保存启用或禁用该某个功能的配置,从而使得后续车辆进入该第一模式后该某个功能被启用或禁用。可选的,车辆在第一模式下保存启用或禁用该某个功能的配置后,还可以将该某个功能在该第一模式下的使用状态同步备份到云端服务器。In a specific implementation, after receiving the instruction information input by the first user to enable or disable a certain function in the first mode, the terminal device generates a corresponding instruction message based on the instruction information and sends it to the vehicle. The instruction message may include instruction information for enabling or disabling a certain function in the first mode. After receiving the instruction message, the vehicle saves the configuration of enabling or disabling the certain function in the first mode, so that the certain function is enabled or disabled after the subsequent vehicle enters the first mode. Optionally, after the vehicle saves the configuration of enabling or disabling the certain function in the first mode, the vehicle can also synchronize and back up the usage status of the certain function in the first mode to the cloud server.
示例性地,终端设备显示屏显示的用户界面可以包括该第一模式中各个功能的开关控件,第一用户可以通过点击这些开关控件来指示启用或禁用对应的功能。终端设备基于对应的点击操作生成对应功能的启用或禁用的指示信息,进而生成对应的指示消息发送给车辆。For example, the user interface displayed on the display screen of the terminal device may include switch controls for each function in the first mode, and the first user can indicate enabling or disabling the corresponding function by clicking on these switch controls. The terminal device generates indication information for enabling or disabling the corresponding function based on the corresponding click operation, and then generates a corresponding indication message and sends it to the vehicle.
一种可能的实施例中,若第一模式为代客模式、维修模式或二手车交易模式等,车辆通过预设的退出方式退出该第一模式。该预设的退出方式为在接收到预设的退出码的情况下退出该维修模式。In a possible embodiment, if the first mode is a valet mode, a maintenance mode, a second-hand car transaction mode, etc., the vehicle exits the first mode through a preset exit method. The preset exit method is to exit the maintenance mode upon receiving a preset exit code.
一种可能的实现中,上述终端设备向车辆发送第一消息之前,可以检查上述第一模式是否设置有退出码。In a possible implementation, before sending the first message to the vehicle, the terminal device may check whether the first mode has an exit code set.
示例性地,若已经设置有退出码,终端设备上可以保存有该退出码。这种情况下,终端设备可以检查自身预设的存储器中是否存储有该退出码。若已经存储有,则可以向车辆发送上述第一消息。若未存储有,则可以指示第一用户设置该退出码。第一用户基于终端设备的指示输入自定义的退出码。终端设备接收到第一用户输入的退出码后,保存该退出码,并且将该退出码发送到车辆保存。可选的,终端设备还可以将退出码发送到云端服务器进行保存。For example, if an exit code has been set, the exit code can be saved on the terminal device. In this case, the terminal device can check whether the exit code is stored in its own preset memory. If it has been stored, the above-mentioned first message can be sent to the vehicle. If it is not stored, the first user can be instructed to set the exit code. The first user enters a customized exit code based on instructions from the terminal device. After receiving the exit code input by the first user, the terminal device saves the exit code and sends the exit code to the vehicle for storage. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the exit code to the cloud server for storage.
示例性地,上述终端设备可以向上述车辆或云端服务器发送是否设置有退出码的查询消 息。若接收到的响应消息指示已设置有退出码,则可以向车辆发送上述第一消息。若接收到的响应消息指示未设置有退出码,则终端设备可以指示第一用户设置该退出码。第一用户基于终端设备的指示输入自定义的退出码。终端设备接收到第一用户输入的退出码后,将该退出码发送到车辆保存。可选的,终端设备还可以将退出码发送到云端服务器进行保存。For example, the terminal device may send a query message to the vehicle or cloud server to determine whether an exit code is set. If the received response message indicates that the exit code has been set, the above-mentioned first message may be sent to the vehicle. If the received response message indicates that the exit code is not set, the terminal device may instruct the first user to set the exit code. The first user enters a customized exit code based on instructions from the terminal device. After receiving the exit code input by the first user, the terminal device sends the exit code to the vehicle for storage. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the exit code to the cloud server for storage.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述终端设备获知未设置有上述第一模式的退出码的情况下,可以生成随机的退出码作为该第一模式的退出码。并将该生成的退出码显示在显示屏展现给用户。另外,将该生成的退出码发送到车辆保存。可选的,终端设备还可以将生成的退出码发送到云端服务器进行保存。In a possible implementation, when the terminal device learns that the exit code of the first mode is not set, it may generate a random exit code as the exit code of the first mode. And the generated exit code is displayed on the display screen to the user. Additionally, this generated exit code is sent to the vehicle save. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the generated exit code to the cloud server for storage.
上述设置好第一模式的退出码后,终端设备可以向车辆发送上述第一消息。After the exit code of the first mode is set, the terminal device can send the first message to the vehicle.
一种可能的实现中,检查上述第一模式是否设置有退出码的操作可以是在车辆接收到上述第一消息之后,由车辆来实现。示例性地,上述车辆接收到上述第一消息之后,可以先检查上述第一模式是否设置有退出码。例如车辆可以查询自身的存储器中是否存储有退出码,或向云端服务器查询是否已设置有退出码等等,本申请实施例对具体判断是否设置有退出码的方式不做限制。若已经设置有退出码,则车辆将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。若没有设置退出码,车辆向终端设备发送要求设置退出码的指示消息。则终端设备可以指示第一用户设置该退出码。第一用户基于终端设备的指示输入自定义的退出码。终端设备接收到第一用户输入的退出码后,将该退出码发送到车辆保存。可选的,终端设备还可以将退出码发送到云端服务器进行保存。车辆接收到退出码进行保存后,可以将车辆的模式切换为第一模式。In a possible implementation, the operation of checking whether the exit code is set in the first mode may be implemented by the vehicle after the vehicle receives the first message. For example, after receiving the first message, the vehicle may first check whether the first mode has an exit code set. For example, the vehicle can query whether an exit code is stored in its own memory, or query the cloud server whether an exit code has been set, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific method of determining whether an exit code is set. If an exit code has been set, the vehicle switches the mode of the vehicle to the first mode. If the exit code is not set, the vehicle sends an instruction message requesting to set the exit code to the terminal device. Then the terminal device can instruct the first user to set the exit code. The first user enters a customized exit code based on instructions from the terminal device. After receiving the exit code input by the first user, the terminal device sends the exit code to the vehicle for storage. Optionally, the terminal device can also send the exit code to the cloud server for storage. After the vehicle receives the exit code and saves it, the vehicle's mode can be switched to the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述车辆获知未设置有上述第一模式的退出码的情况下,可以生成随机的退出码作为该第一模式的退出码。并将该生成的退出码进行保存。车辆还将该生成的退出码发送到终端设备展示给用户。可选的,车辆还可以将生成的退出码发送到云端服务器进行保存。In a possible implementation, when the vehicle learns that the exit code of the first mode is not set, a random exit code may be generated as the exit code of the first mode. And save the generated exit code. The vehicle also sends the generated exit code to the terminal device for display to the user. Optionally, the vehicle can also send the generated exit code to the cloud server for storage.
一种可能的实施例中,上述终端设备可以基于第一用户输入的指示信息在车辆的用户系统中注册上述第二用户的身份信息。使得第二用户可以基于该注册的身份信息在车辆上登录用户系统,进入上述亲友模式。In a possible embodiment, the terminal device may register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user. This allows the second user to log in to the user system on the vehicle based on the registered identity information and enter the above-mentioned family and friend mode.
具体实现中,上述第二用户可以在上述第一用户授权的情况下自主进入车辆的亲友模式。示例性地,在上述终端设备基于第一用户的身份信息进入车辆的用户系统,并显示该用户系统的用户界面之后,终端设备可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息。并基于该指示信息接收第二用户的身份信息,然后将接收的第二用户的身份信息注册到用户系统。具体的,该终端设备接收到该第二用户的身份信息之后,将该身份信息发送给车辆。车辆将该第二用户的身份信息保存到自身的用户系统以完成该第二用户的身份信息的注册。该第二用户的该身份信息例如为该第二用户的人脸图像信息,指纹信息,预设语音信息,用户口令,或自定义的用户名及密码等。In specific implementation, the above-mentioned second user can independently enter the vehicle's friends and family mode with the authorization of the above-mentioned first user. For example, after the terminal device enters the user system of the vehicle based on the identity information of the first user and displays the user interface of the user system, the terminal device may receive the instruction information input by the first user. and receiving the identity information of the second user based on the instruction information, and then registering the received identity information of the second user to the user system. Specifically, after receiving the identity information of the second user, the terminal device sends the identity information to the vehicle. The vehicle saves the second user's identity information to its own user system to complete the registration of the second user's identity information. The identity information of the second user is, for example, the second user's face image information, fingerprint information, preset voice information, user password, or customized user name and password.
上述车辆完成上述第二用户的身份信息的注册之后,可以接收第二用户输入的登录车辆用户系统的登录信息,该登录信息包括上述第二用户的身份信息。车辆验证该登录信息之后,基于该登录信息锁定亲友模式,进而将车辆的模式切换为亲友模式,为该第二用户提供亲友模式的功能使用权限。After the vehicle completes the registration of the identity information of the second user, it may receive login information input by the second user to log in to the vehicle user system, where the login information includes the identity information of the second user. After the vehicle verifies the login information, it locks the family and friends mode based on the login information, and then switches the vehicle's mode to the family and friends mode, providing the second user with the function usage rights of the family and friends mode.
一种可能的实施例中,终端设备可以查询上述亲友模式中配置的功能使用状态。另一种可能的实施例中,终端设备可以基于第一用户输入的指示信息配置该亲友模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。该查询和配置的具体实现可以参考前述的描述,此处不赘述。In a possible embodiment, the terminal device can query the function usage status configured in the above friends and family mode. In another possible embodiment, the terminal device may configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the friends and family mode based on the instruction information input by the first user. For the specific implementation of this query and configuration, please refer to the previous description and will not be repeated here.
为了便于理解上述第一模式相关的具体实现流程,可以示例性地参见图10。图10以终端设备通过云端服务器与车辆通信为例。图10中整车模式管理模块、权限管理模块和用户系统属于车辆的车机控制系统中的功能模块。这些功能模块的具体功能可以参见前述关于图2的描述,此处不赘述。In order to facilitate understanding of the specific implementation process related to the above-mentioned first mode, reference may be made to Figure 10 as an example. Figure 10 takes the terminal device communicating with the vehicle through the cloud server as an example. In Figure 10, the vehicle mode management module, authority management module and user system belong to the functional modules in the vehicle's on-board control system. The specific functions of these functional modules can be found in the aforementioned description of Figure 2 and will not be described again here.
如图10所示,终端设备接收第一用户输入的登录信息,该登录信息可以包括第一用户的身份信息。终端设备将接收到的登录信息通过云端服务器发送给车辆。车辆中的用户系统对该接收到的登录信息进行验证。在验证成功的情况下,车辆向云端服务器发送登录信息验证通过的响应消息。云端服务器基于该响应信息在显示屏显示用户系统的用户界面。As shown in Figure 10, the terminal device receives login information input by the first user, and the login information may include the identity information of the first user. The terminal device sends the received login information to the vehicle through the cloud server. The user system in the vehicle verifies the received login information. When the verification is successful, the vehicle sends a response message indicating that the login information has been verified to the cloud server. The cloud server displays the user interface of the user system on the display screen based on the response information.
在用户系统的用户界面,终端设备可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息A。该指示信息A指示进入第一模式配置菜单。终端设备接收到该指示信息A之后,可以先向云端服务器发送查询第一模式下配置的功能使用状态的查询消息。In the user interface of the user system, the terminal device may receive the instruction information A input by the first user. The instruction information A indicates entering the first mode configuration menu. After receiving the indication information A, the terminal device may first send a query message to the cloud server to query the usage status of the functions configured in the first mode.
一种可能的实现中,云端服务器接收到上述查询消息后,可以在自身的存储系统查询该第一模式下配置的功能使用状态。并将查询到的第一模式下配置的功能使用状态发送给终端设备。终端设备显示该第一模式下配置的功能使用状态。In one possible implementation, after receiving the above query message, the cloud server can query the function usage status configured in the first mode in its own storage system. and sends the queried function usage status configured in the first mode to the terminal device. The terminal device displays the function usage status configured in the first mode.
一种可能的实现中,在上述显示第一模式下配置的功能使用状态的用户界面,终端设备还可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息B。该指示信息B指示配置一个或多个功能的使用状态。示例性地,该指示信息B可以指示允许或禁止使用该一个或多个功能。该一个或多个功能例如可以是私人物理空间的使用功能或车辆最高时速的限制功能等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。In a possible implementation, in the above user interface that displays the function usage status configured in the first mode, the terminal device can also receive the instruction information B input by the first user. The indication information B indicates configuring the usage status of one or more functions. For example, the indication information B may indicate whether to allow or prohibit the use of the one or more functions. The one or more functions may be, for example, a private physical space usage function or a vehicle maximum speed limiting function, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
终端设备接收到上述指示信息B后,通过云端服务器向车辆发送该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置指示消息。车辆通过权限管理模块保存该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置,并通过云端服务器向终端设备反馈配置成功的结果,以展示给第一用户。可选的,车辆还可将该一个或多个功能的使用状态的配置同步备份保存到云端服务器。本申请实施例中,第一用户可以自定义配置代客模式下的功能使用状态,可实现不同场景的灵活配置诉求,实现不同用车场景的数据保护。After receiving the above instruction information B, the terminal device sends a configuration instruction message for the usage status of the one or more functions to the vehicle through the cloud server. The vehicle saves the configuration of the usage status of one or more functions through the rights management module, and feeds back the successful configuration results to the terminal device through the cloud server to display to the first user. Optionally, the vehicle can also synchronize and save the configuration backup of the usage status of one or more functions to the cloud server. In the embodiment of this application, the first user can customize the function usage status in the valet mode, which can realize flexible configuration requirements in different scenarios and realize data protection in different car usage scenarios.
一种可能的实现中,终端设备可以接收第一用户输入的指示信息C。该指示信息C指示启用第一模式。终端设备基于该指示信息C通过云端服务器向车辆发送启用第一模式的指示信息。In a possible implementation, the terminal device may receive the indication information C input by the first user. The indication information C indicates enabling the first mode. The terminal device sends the instruction information for enabling the first mode to the vehicle through the cloud server based on the instruction information C.
一种可能的实现中,车辆的权限管理模块接收到上述启用第一模式的指示信息之后,会向整车模式管理模块查询车辆当前的行驶状态。整车模式管理模块将查询到的当前行驶状态反馈给权限管理模块。In one possible implementation, after receiving the above instruction information for enabling the first mode, the vehicle's authority management module queries the vehicle mode management module for the current driving status of the vehicle. The vehicle mode management module feeds back the queried current driving status to the authority management module.
一种可能的实现中,车辆的权限管理模块接收到上述启用第一模式的指示信息之后,会向用户系统查询当前登录用户的身份。用户系统将查询到的当前登录用户的身份信息反馈给权限管理模块。In one possible implementation, after receiving the above instruction information for enabling the first mode, the vehicle's authority management module queries the user system for the identity of the currently logged-in user. The user system feeds back the queried identity information of the currently logged-in user to the rights management module.
然后,权限管理模块可以基于车辆当前行驶状态判断车辆当前的行驶状态是否处于停止状态,和/或基于当前登录用户的身份信息判断登录用户是否为第一用户。在车辆当前的行驶状态处于停止状态和/或当前登录用户为第一用户时,权限管理模块判断是否已经设置有该第一模式的退出码。例如可以查询自身的存储器中是否存储有退出码,或向云端服务器查询是否已设置有退出码等等,本申请实施例对具体判断是否设置有退出码的方式不做限制。Then, the authority management module can determine whether the current driving state of the vehicle is in a stopped state based on the current driving state of the vehicle, and/or determine whether the logged-in user is the first user based on the identity information of the currently logged-in user. When the current driving state of the vehicle is in a stopped state and/or the current logged-in user is the first user, the authority management module determines whether the exit code of the first mode has been set. For example, you can query whether there is an exit code stored in your own memory, or query the cloud server whether an exit code has been set, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific method of determining whether an exit code is set.
在没有设置退出码的情况下,车辆通过云端服务器向终端设备发送设置退出码的指示消息。终端设备可以在显示屏显示指示第一用户设置退出码的信息,并接收第一用户输入的退 出码。终端设备通过云端服务器向车辆发送该退出码。车辆的权限管理模块将接收到的退出码设置为该第一模式的退出码,并将退出码同步保存到云端服务器。然后,权限管理模块启用第一模式,并将成功启用第一模式的结果反馈到终端设备展示给第一用户。When no exit code is set, the vehicle sends an instruction message to set the exit code to the terminal device through the cloud server. The terminal device can display information instructing the first user to set the exit code on the display screen, and receive the exit code input by the first user. The terminal device sends the exit code to the vehicle through the cloud server. The vehicle's authority management module sets the received exit code as the exit code of the first mode, and synchronously saves the exit code to the cloud server. Then, the rights management module enables the first mode, and feeds back the result of successfully enabling the first mode to the terminal device to display to the first user.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述权限管理模块判断出没有设置第一模式的退出码的情况下,可以随机设置一个该第一模式的退出码并保存,然后将设置好的退出码发送到终端设备展示给用户。In a possible implementation, when the above authority management module determines that the exit code of the first mode is not set, it can randomly set an exit code of the first mode and save it, and then send the set exit code to the terminal. The device is presented to the user.
一种可能的实施方式中,上述第一模式的退出码可以重置。示例性地,终端设备可以通过显示屏接收第一用户新输入的退出码,然后向车辆发送重置退出码的指示信息,该指示信息包含该新输入的退出码。车辆的权限管理模块将原来的退出码替换为新输入的退出码并保存,以此实现退出码的重置。In a possible implementation, the exit code of the first mode can be reset. For example, the terminal device may receive the exit code newly input by the first user through the display screen, and then send instruction information to reset the exit code to the vehicle, where the instruction information includes the newly input exit code. The vehicle's authority management module replaces the original exit code with the newly entered exit code and saves it, thereby resetting the exit code.
需要说明的是,上述图10所示流程仅为一个示例,不构成对本申请实施例的限制。It should be noted that the process shown in Figure 10 is only an example and does not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
上述主要对本申请实施例提供的车辆访问权限控制方法进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个设备为了实现上述对应的功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the vehicle access permission control method provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that, in order to implement the corresponding functions mentioned above, each device includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module to perform each function. In conjunction with the units and steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can divide the device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图11示出了装置的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,该装置可以是上述的车辆或车辆中的车机控制系统。该装置1100包括确定单元1101和切换单元1102。其中:In the case where each functional module is divided according to each function, FIG. 11 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the device. The device may be the above-mentioned vehicle or an on-board control system in the vehicle. The device 1100 includes a determining unit 1101 and a switching unit 1102. in:
确定单元1101,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;The determining unit 1101 is configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different data protection modes. Mode provided by the vehicle user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
切换单元1102,用于将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The switching unit 1102 is used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
前述装置还包括接收单元,用于在确定单元1101基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,接收前述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,前述登录信息包括前述第一用户的身份信息;The aforementioned device further includes a receiving unit configured to receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
前述装置还包括提供单元,用于基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限。The aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,用于在确定单元1101基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,查询前述车辆的行驶状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first indication information;
前述切换单元1102具体用于:在前述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The switching unit 1102 is specifically used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode when the vehicle is in a stopped state.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括第一配置单元,用于在确定单元1101基于第一 指示信息确定第一模式之后,切换单元1102将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之前,配置前述第一模式的退出码,前述退出码为用于退出前述第一模式的验证码。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a first configuration unit configured to, after the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, before the switching unit 1102 switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode, Configure the exit code of the aforementioned first mode. The aforementioned exit code is a verification code used to exit the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括执行单元,用于:In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes an execution unit for:
在前述第一模式下,执行前述车辆的第一用户的所有权的移交,前述第一用户的授权权限的移交,解除前述车辆与前述第一用户的身份绑定,前述车辆与前述车辆新的所有者的身份绑定,或删除前述车辆中的个人数据中的一项或多项操作,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In the aforementioned first mode, the ownership of the first user of the aforementioned vehicle is transferred, the authorization rights of the aforementioned first user are transferred, the identity binding of the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned first user is released, and the aforementioned vehicle and the aforementioned vehicle are newly owned. Binding the user's identity, or deleting one or more operations of the personal data in the aforementioned vehicle. The aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第二用户登录前述车辆的用户系统的信息,前述第一指示信息包括前述第二用户的身份信息,前述第二用户为第一用户授权登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle, the first instruction information includes the identity information of the second user, and the second user is authorized to log in by the first user. As a user of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle, the aforementioned first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括注册单元,用于在确定单元1101基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,基于前述第一用户输入的指示信息在前述车辆的用户系统中注册前述第二用户的身份信息。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a registration unit configured to register the aforementioned information in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user before the determining unit 1101 determines the first mode based on the first instruction information. The identity information of the second user.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括第二配置单元,用于基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a second configuration unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括保存单元,用于在前述第二配置单元基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,基于第三指示信息将前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的功能使用状态;第一应用场景为前述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,前述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user based on the second configuration unit, Based on the third instruction information, the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the plurality of application scenarios in the aforementioned first mode, and the aforementioned plurality of Different application scenarios in the application scenario have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,用于查询前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
前述装置还包括发送单元,用于发送显示指令,前述显示指令用于指示显示前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。The aforementioned device further includes a sending unit for sending a display instruction, and the aforementioned display instruction is used for instructing to display the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括启动单元,用于在感知到对前述车辆的预设动作的情况下,启动前述多个数据保护模式中的第二模式;前述第二模式用于指示前述车辆的摄像头拍摄前述车辆周围的影像。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a starting unit configured to activate a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes upon sensing a preset action on the vehicle; the second mode is used to Instruct the camera of the aforementioned vehicle to capture images around the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括启用单元,用于在前述切换单元1102将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之后,基于第四指示信息启用第三模式;前述第三模式用于检测前述车辆内的乘客的状态。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes an enabling unit configured to enable the third mode based on the fourth instruction information after the switching unit 1102 switches the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the third mode is To detect the status of the passengers in the aforementioned vehicle.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述启用单元,还用于在前述切换单元1102将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式之后,基于第五指示信息启用第四模式;前述第四模式用于关闭前述车辆内的摄像头和/或麦克风。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned enabling unit is also configured to enable the fourth mode based on the fifth instruction information after the aforementioned switching unit 1102 switches the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode; the aforementioned fourth mode is used to turn off Cameras and/or microphones in the aforementioned vehicles.
图11所示装置1100中各个单元的具体操作以及有益效果可以参见上述图4及其可能的实施例中对应的描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific operations and beneficial effects of each unit in the device 1100 shown in Figure 11, please refer to the corresponding descriptions in Figure 4 and its possible embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图12示出了装置的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,该装置可以是上述的终端设备。该装置1200包括确定单元1201、发送单元1202和接收单元1203。其中:In the case where each functional module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 12 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the device, and the device may be the above-mentioned terminal device. The device 1200 includes a determining unit 1201, a sending unit 1202 and a receiving unit 1203. in:
确定单元1201,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使 用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;The determining unit 1201 is configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle. The multiple data protection modes of the vehicle include at least two different data protection modes. Mode provided by the vehicle user, the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the aforementioned vehicle data;
发送单元1202,用于向前述车辆发送第一消息;前述第一消息指示将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式;The sending unit 1202 is configured to send a first message to the aforementioned vehicle; the aforementioned first message indicates switching the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
接收单元1203,用于接收第一响应消息;前述第一响应消息指示前述车辆的模式已切换为前述第一模式。The receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions on the vehicle;
前述终端设备还包括接收单元1203,用于在确定单元1201基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,接收前述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,前述登录信息包括前述第一用户的身份信息;The aforementioned terminal device also includes a receiving unit 1203, configured to receive the login information of the user system of the aforementioned vehicle before the determining unit 1201 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, where the aforementioned login information includes the identity information of the aforementioned first user;
前述终端设备还包括提供单元,用于基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限。The aforementioned terminal device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括第一配置单元,用于在前述提供单元基于前述登录信息为前述第一用户提供前述车辆的功能使用权限之后,基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a first configuration unit configured to, after the aforementioned providing unit provides the aforementioned first user with the function usage authority of the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned login information, based on the first user inputted by the aforementioned first user. The second instruction information configures the functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括保存单元,用于在前述第一配置单元基于前述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置前述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,基于第三指示信息将前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的状态;第一应用场景为前述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,前述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。In a possible implementation, the terminal device further includes a saving unit configured to configure the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode after the first configuration unit configures the functions allowed and/or prohibited in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user. , based on the third instruction information, save the function usage status configured in the first mode as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios in the first mode, and the multiple applications Different application scenarios in the scene have different usage states of the functions configured in the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括查询单元,用于查询前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a query unit for querying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode;
前述终端设备还包括显示单元,用于显示前述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。The aforementioned terminal device further includes a display unit for displaying the function usage status configured in the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括第二配置单元,用于在前述确定单元1201基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,前述发送单元1202基于前述确定的第一模式向前述车辆发送第一消息之前,配置前述第一模式的退出码,前述退出码为用于退出前述第一模式的验证码。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a second configuration unit configured to, after the aforementioned determining unit 1201 determines the first mode based on the first indication information, the aforementioned sending unit 1202 sends a message to the aforementioned vehicle based on the aforementioned determined first mode. Before sending the first message, configure an exit code for the first mode, where the exit code is a verification code for exiting the first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述终端设备还包括注册单元,用于基于第一用户输入的指示信息在前述车辆的用户系统中注册第二用户的身份信息,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户,前述第二用户的身份信息用于前述第二用户以第二模式使用前述车辆,前述第二模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。In a possible implementation, the aforementioned terminal device further includes a registration unit, configured to register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the aforementioned vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user, and the aforementioned first user has no knowledge of the aforementioned vehicle. For users with restricted access, the identity information of the second user is used for the second user to use the vehicle in a second mode, and the second mode is one of multiple data protection modes of the vehicle.
图12所示装置1200中各个单元的具体操作以及有益效果可以参见上述图9及其可能的实施例中终端设备对应的描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific operations and beneficial effects of each unit in the device 1200 shown in Figure 12, please refer to the corresponding description of the terminal device in Figure 9 and its possible embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出了装置的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,该装置可以是上述的车辆或车辆的车机控制系统。该装置1300包括接收单元1301、切换单元1302和发送单元1303。其中:In the case where each functional module is divided according to each function, FIG. 13 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the device. The device may be the above-mentioned vehicle or the vehicle-machine control system of the vehicle. The device 1300 includes a receiving unit 1301, a switching unit 1302 and a sending unit 1303. in:
接收单元1301,用于接收第一消息;前述第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式;前述第一模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一个模式;前述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,前述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问前述车辆的数据;The receiving unit 1301 is configured to receive a first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode; the first mode is one of the multiple data protection modes of the vehicle; the multiple data of the vehicle The protection mode includes modes provided for at least two different vehicle users, and the aforementioned multiple data protection modes are used to restrict access to the data of the aforementioned vehicle;
切换单元1302,用于将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式;The switching unit 1302 is used to switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode;
发送单元1303,用于发送第一响应消息;前述第一响应消息指示前述车辆的模式已切换为前述第一模式。The sending unit 1303 is configured to send a first response message; the aforementioned first response message indicates that the mode of the aforementioned vehicle has been switched to the aforementioned first mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,用于在前述接收单元1301接收第一消息之后,查询前述车辆的行驶状态;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit configured to query the driving status of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit 1301 receives the first message;
前述切换单元1302,具体用于:在前述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,基于前述第一消息将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式。The aforementioned switching unit 1302 is specifically configured to: when the aforementioned vehicle is in a stopped state, switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode based on the aforementioned first message.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述装置还包括查询单元,还用于在前述接收单元1301接收第一消息之后,查询当前登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户的身份信息;In a possible implementation, the aforementioned device further includes a query unit, which is further configured to query the identity information of the user currently logged in to the user system of the aforementioned vehicle after the aforementioned receiving unit 1301 receives the first message;
前述切换单元1302,具体用于:在前述用户的身份信息为第一用户的身份信息的情况下,将前述车辆的模式切换为前述第一模式,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户。The aforementioned switching unit 1302 is specifically used to: switch the mode of the aforementioned vehicle to the aforementioned first mode when the identity information of the aforementioned user is the identity information of the first user, and the aforementioned first user has no access restrictions on the aforementioned vehicle. user.
一种可能的实施方式中,前述接收单元1301还用于:接收登录信息,前述登录信息包括第二用户的身份信息,前述第二用户为第一用户授权登录前述车辆的用户系统的用户,前述第一用户为对前述车辆无访问限制的用户;In a possible implementation, the receiving unit 1301 is further configured to: receive login information. The login information includes the identity information of a second user. The second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the vehicle. The first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the aforementioned vehicle;
前述装置还包括提供单元,用于为前述第二用户提供第二模式的功能使用权限,前述第二模式为前述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。The aforementioned device further includes a providing unit configured to provide the aforementioned second user with function usage rights in a second mode, where the aforementioned second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the aforementioned vehicle.
图13所示装置1300中各个单元的具体操作以及有益效果可以参见上述图9及其可能的实施例中车辆对应的描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific operations and beneficial effects of each unit in the device 1300 shown in Figure 13, please refer to the corresponding description of the vehicle in Figure 9 and its possible embodiments, and will not be described again here.
图14所示为本申请提供的装置的一种可能的硬件结构示意图,该装置可以是上述实施例所述方法中的车辆或车辆的车机控制系统。该装置1400包括:处理器1401、存储器1402和通信接口1403。处理器1401、通信接口1403以及存储器1402可以相互连接或者通过总线1404相互连接。Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by this application. The device may be the vehicle or the vehicle-machine control system of the vehicle in the method described in the above embodiment. The device 1400 includes: a processor 1401, a memory 1402 and a communication interface 1403. The processor 1401, the communication interface 1403, and the memory 1402 may be connected to each other or to each other via a bus 1404.
示例性的,存储器1402用于存储装置1400的计算机程序和数据,存储器1402可以包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)等。Exemplarily, the memory 1402 is used to store computer programs and data of the device 1400. The memory 1402 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), Erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM) or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), etc.
上述方法实施例中车辆或车辆的车机控制系统的全部或部分单元的功能所需的软件或程序代码存储在存储器1402中。In the above method embodiment, the software or program code required for the functions of all or part of the units of the vehicle or the vehicle's on-board control system is stored in the memory 1402 .
一种可能的实施方式中,如果是部分单元的功能所需的软件或程序代码存储在存储器1402中,则处理器1401除了调用存储器1402中的程序代码实现部分功能外,还可以配合其他部件(如通信接口1403)共同完成方法实施例描述的其他功能(如接收或发送数据的功能)。In a possible implementation, if the software or program code required for the functions of some units is stored in the memory 1402, the processor 1401, in addition to calling the program code in the memory 1402 to implement some of the functions, can also cooperate with other components ( Such as the communication interface 1403) together to complete other functions described in the method embodiment (such as the function of receiving or sending data).
通信接口1403的个数可以为多个,用于支持装置1400进行通信,例如接收或发送数据或信号等。The number of communication interfaces 1403 may be multiple, and are used to support the device 1400 to communicate, such as receiving or sending data or signals.
示例性的,处理器1401可以是中央处理器单元、通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。处理器1401可以用于读取上述存储器1402中存储的程序,执行上述图4及其可能的实施例所述的方法。或者,处理器1401可以用于读取上述存储器1402中存储的程序,执行上述图9及其可能的实施例所述的方法中车辆或车辆的车机控制系统执行的操作。For example, the processor 1401 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field-programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. The processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on. The processor 1401 may be used to read the program stored in the memory 1402 and execute the method described in FIG. 4 and its possible embodiments. Alternatively, the processor 1401 may be used to read the program stored in the above-mentioned memory 1402 and perform the operations performed by the vehicle or the vehicle-machine control system of the vehicle in the method described in FIG. 9 and its possible embodiments.
图14所示装置1400中各个单元的具体操作以及有益效果可以参见上述方法实施例中对应的描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific operations and beneficial effects of each unit in the device 1400 shown in Figure 14, please refer to the corresponding descriptions in the above method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
图15所示为本申请提供的装置的一种可能的硬件结构示意图,该装置可以是上述实施例所述方法中的终端设备。该装置1500包括:处理器1501、存储器1502和通信接口1503。处理器1501、通信接口1503以及存储器1502可以相互连接或者通过总线1504相互连接。Figure 15 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by this application. The device may be a terminal device in the method described in the above embodiment. The device 1500 includes: a processor 1501, a memory 1502 and a communication interface 1503. The processor 1501, communication interface 1503, and memory 1502 may be connected to each other or to each other through a bus 1504.
示例性的,存储器1502用于存储装置1500的计算机程序和数据,存储器1502可以包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)等。Exemplarily, the memory 1502 is used to store computer programs and data of the device 1500. The memory 1502 may include, but is not limited to, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), Erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM) or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), etc.
上述方法实施例中终端设备的全部或部分单元的功能所需的软件或程序代码存储在存储器1502中。The software or program code required for the functions of all or part of the units of the terminal device in the above method embodiment is stored in the memory 1502.
一种可能的实施方式中,如果是部分单元的功能所需的软件或程序代码存储在存储器1502中,则处理器1501除了调用存储器1502中的程序代码实现部分功能外,还可以配合其他部件(如通信接口1503)共同完成方法实施例描述的其他功能(如接收或发送数据的功能)。In a possible implementation, if the software or program code required for the functions of some units is stored in the memory 1502, the processor 1501 can also cooperate with other components ( Such as communication interface 1503) together to complete other functions described in the method embodiment (such as the function of receiving or sending data).
通信接口1503的个数可以为多个,用于支持装置1500进行通信,例如接收或发送数据或信号等。The number of communication interfaces 1503 may be multiple, and are used to support the device 1500 to communicate, such as receiving or sending data or signals.
示例性的,处理器1501可以是中央处理器单元、通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。处理器1501可以用于读取上述存储器1502中存储的程序,执行上述图9及其可能的实施例所述的方法中终端设备执行的操作。For example, the processor 1501 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field-programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. The processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on. The processor 1501 may be used to read the program stored in the memory 1502 and perform the operations performed by the terminal device in the method described in FIG. 9 and its possible embodiments.
图15所示装置1500中各个单元的具体操作以及有益效果可以参见上述方法实施例中对应的描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific operations and beneficial effects of each unit in the device 1500 shown in Figure 15, please refer to the corresponding descriptions in the above method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
本申请实施例还提供一种车辆,该车辆包括上述图11、图13或图14所示的装置。An embodiment of the present application also provides a vehicle, which includes the device shown in Figure 11, Figure 13 or Figure 14.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行以实现上述各个实施例及其可能的实施例中任意一个实施例的车辆或车机控制系统所做的操作。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. The computer program is executed by a processor to implement any one of the above-mentioned embodiments and possible embodiments. Operations performed by the vehicle or vehicle control system.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行以实现上述各个实施例及其可能的实施例中任意一个实施例的终端设备所做的操作。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. The computer program is executed by a processor to implement any one of the above-mentioned embodiments and possible embodiments. The operations performed by the terminal device.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品被计算机读取并执行时,上述各个实施例及其可能的实施例中任意一个实施例的车辆或车机控制系统所做的操作将被执行。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. When the computer program product is read and executed by a computer, the vehicle or vehicle control system in any one of the above embodiments and possible embodiments does The operation will be performed.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品被计算机读取并执行时,上述各个实施例及其可能的实施例中任意一个实施例的终端设备所做的操作将被执行。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. When the computer program product is read and executed by a computer, the operations performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments and possible embodiments will be executed. .
综上所述,本方案通过针对多种不同的使用者提供不同的限制访问数据的模式,可以保护车辆中的个人信息不被泄露,同时可以尽可能地为不同的使用者提供更多的服务,提高用户体验。To sum up, this solution can protect personal information in the vehicle from being leaked by providing different modes of restricting access to data for a variety of different users, and at the same time, it can provide more services to different users as much as possible. , improve user experience.
本申请中术语“第一”“第二”等字样用于对作用和功能基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分,应理解,“第一”、“第二”、“第n”之间不具有逻辑或时序上的依赖关系,也不对数量和执行顺序进行限定。还应理解,尽管以下描述使用术语第一、第二等来描述各种元素,但这些元素不应受术语的限制。这些术语只是用于将一元素与另一元素区别分开。In this application, the terms "first", "second" and other words are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same functions and functions. It should be understood that the terms "first", "second" and "nth" There is no logical or sequential dependency, and there is no limit on the number or execution order. It should also be understood that, although the following description uses the terms first, second, etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,各个过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
还应理解,术语“包括”(也称“includes”、“including”、“comprises”和/或“comprising”)当在本说明书中使用时指定存在所陈述的特征、整数、步骤、操作、元素、和/或部件,但是并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、整数、步骤、操作、元素、部件、和/或其分组。It will also be understood that the term "includes" (also "includes," "including," "comprises," and/or "comprising") when used in this specification specifies the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements , and/or components, but does not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groupings thereof.
还应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、“一种可能的实现方式”意味着与实施例或实现方式有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”、“一种可能的实现方式”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。It should also be understood that references throughout this specification to "one embodiment," "an embodiment," and "a possible implementation" mean that specific features, structures, or characteristics related to the embodiment or implementation are included herein. In at least one embodiment of the application. Therefore, “in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” or “a possible implementation” appearing in various places throughout this specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solution of the present application, but not to limit it; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments can still be modified, or some or all of the technical features can be equivalently replaced; and these modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the essence of the corresponding technical solutions from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. scope.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种车辆访问权限控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A vehicle access authority control method, characterized in that the method includes:
    基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,所述第一模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,所述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,所述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问所述车辆的数据;A first mode is determined based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle. The plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle include protection for at least two different vehicle users. Provided modes, the plurality of data protection modes for restricting access to data of the vehicle;
    将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式。Switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户;The method of claim 1, wherein the first instruction information is instruction information input by a first user, and the first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle;
    所述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,还包括:Before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes:
    接收所述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,所述登录信息包括所述第一用户的身份信息;Receive login information of the user system of the vehicle, where the login information includes the identity information of the first user;
    基于所述登录信息为所述第一用户提供所述车辆的功能使用权限。Provide the first user with function usage rights of the vehicle based on the login information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that after determining the first mode based on the first indication information, further comprising:
    查询所述车辆的行驶状态;Query the driving status of the vehicle;
    所述将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式,包括:Switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode includes:
    在所述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式。When the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,所述将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式之前,还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that after determining the first mode based on the first indication information and before switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, it further includes:
    配置所述第一模式的退出码,所述退出码为用于退出所述第一模式的验证码。Configure an exit code for the first mode, where the exit code is a verification code for exiting the first mode.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, characterized in that the method further includes:
    在所述第一模式下,执行所述车辆的第一用户的所有权的移交,所述第一用户的授权权限的移交,解除所述车辆与所述第一用户的身份绑定,所述车辆与所述车辆新的所有者的身份绑定,或删除所述车辆中的个人数据中的一项或多项操作,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户。In the first mode, the ownership of the first user of the vehicle is transferred, the authorization rights of the first user are transferred, and the identity binding of the vehicle and the first user is released. One or more operations of binding the identity of the new owner of the vehicle or deleting personal data in the vehicle, and the first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为第二用户登录所述车辆的用户系统的信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述第二用户的身份信息,所述第二用户为第一用户授权登录所述车辆的用户系统的用户,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户。The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first indication information is information for a second user to log in to the user system of the vehicle, and the first indication information includes the identity information of the second user, so The second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the vehicle's user system, and the first user is a user who has no access restrictions to the vehicle.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,还包括:The method according to claim 6, characterized in that before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, further comprising:
    基于所述第一用户输入的指示信息在所述车辆的用户系统中注册所述第二用户的身份信息。The identity information of the second user is registered in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, characterized in that the method further includes:
    基于所述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置所述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。Functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode are configured based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置所述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,还包括:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that after configuring the functions allowed and/or prohibited from use in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user, it further includes:
    基于第三指示信息将所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的功能使用状态;第一应用场景为所述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,所述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。The function usage status configured in the first mode is saved as the function usage status of the first application scenario based on the third indication information; the first application scenario is one application scenario among multiple application scenarios of the first mode, so Function usage states configured in the first mode corresponding to different application scenarios in the multiple application scenarios are different.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, characterized in that the method further includes:
    查询所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;Query the function usage status configured in the first mode;
    发送显示指令,所述显示指令用于指示显示所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。Send a display instruction, where the display instruction is used to instruct display of the function usage status configured in the first mode.
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-10, characterized in that the method further includes:
    在感知到对所述车辆的预设动作的情况下,启动所述多个数据保护模式中的第二模式;所述第二模式用于指示所述车辆的摄像头拍摄所述车辆周围的影像。When a preset action on the vehicle is sensed, a second mode among the plurality of data protection modes is activated; the second mode is used to instruct the camera of the vehicle to capture images around the vehicle.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, characterized in that after switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, it further includes:
    基于第四指示信息启用第三模式;所述第三模式用于检测所述车辆内的乘客的状态。A third mode is enabled based on the fourth indication information; the third mode is used to detect the status of passengers in the vehicle.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, characterized in that after switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode, it further includes:
    基于第五指示信息启用第四模式;所述第四模式用于关闭所述车辆内的摄像头和/或麦克风。A fourth mode is enabled based on the fifth indication information; the fourth mode is used to turn off the camera and/or microphone in the vehicle.
  14. 一种车辆访问权限控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A vehicle access authority control method, characterized in that the method includes:
    基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,所述第一模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,所述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,所述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问所述车辆的数据;A first mode is determined based on the first indication information. The first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle. The plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle include protection for at least two different vehicle users. Provided modes, the plurality of data protection modes for restricting access to data of the vehicle;
    向所述车辆发送第一消息;所述第一消息指示将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式;Send a first message to the vehicle; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
    接收第一响应消息;所述第一响应消息指示所述车辆的模式已切换为所述第一模式。A first response message is received; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为第一用户输入的指示信息,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户;The method of claim 14, wherein the first indication information is indication information input by a first user, and the first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle;
    所述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之前,还包括:Before determining the first mode based on the first indication information, the method further includes:
    接收所述车辆的用户系统的登录信息,所述登录信息包括所述第一用户的身份信息;Receive login information of the user system of the vehicle, where the login information includes the identity information of the first user;
    基于所述登录信息为所述第一用户提供所述车辆的功能使用权限。Provide the first user with function usage rights of the vehicle based on the login information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述登录信息为所述第一用户提供所述车辆的功能使用权限之后,还包括:The method according to claim 15, characterized in that after providing the first user with the function usage rights of the vehicle based on the login information, it further includes:
    基于所述第一用户输入的第二指示信息配置所述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能。Functions that are allowed and/or prohibited to be used in the first mode are configured based on the second instruction information input by the first user.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述第一用户输入的第二指示 信息配置所述第一模式中允许和/或禁止使用的功能之后,还包括:The method according to claim 16, characterized in that after configuring the functions allowed and/or prohibited from use in the first mode based on the second instruction information input by the first user, it further includes:
    基于第三指示信息将所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态保存为第一应用场景的状态;第一应用场景为所述第一模式的多个应用场景中的一个应用场景,所述多个应用场景中不同应用场景对应的所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态不同。Based on the third indication information, the function usage status configured in the first mode is saved as the status of the first application scenario; the first application scenario is one of the multiple application scenarios of the first mode, and the multiple application scenarios are Function usage states configured in the first mode corresponding to different application scenarios in each application scenario are different.
  18. 根据权利要求15-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-17, characterized in that the method further includes:
    查询所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态;Query the function usage status configured in the first mode;
    显示所述第一模式中配置的功能使用状态。Display the function usage status configured in the first mode.
  19. 根据权利要求15-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于第一指示信息确定第一模式之后,所述基于所述确定的第一模式向所述车辆发送第一消息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, characterized in that after determining the first mode based on the first indication information, before sending the first message to the vehicle based on the determined first mode ,Also includes:
    配置所述第一模式的退出码,所述退出码为用于退出所述第一模式的验证码。Configure an exit code for the first mode, where the exit code is a verification code for exiting the first mode.
  20. 根据权利要求14-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14-18, characterized in that the method further includes:
    基于第一用户输入的指示信息在所述车辆的用户系统中注册第二用户的身份信息,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户,所述第二用户的身份信息用于所述第二用户以第二模式使用所述车辆,所述第二模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式。Register the identity information of the second user in the user system of the vehicle based on the instruction information input by the first user. The first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle. The identity information of the second user is used for The second user uses the vehicle in a second mode, the second mode being one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle.
  21. 一种车辆访问权限控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A vehicle access authority control method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接收第一消息;所述第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式;所述第一模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一个模式;所述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,所述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问所述车辆的数据;Receive a first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to a first mode; the first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle; a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle including modes provided for at least two different vehicle users, the plurality of data protection modes being used to restrict access to data of the vehicle;
    将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式;Switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
    发送第一响应消息;所述第一响应消息指示所述车辆的模式已切换为所述第一模式。A first response message is sent; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一消息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 21, characterized in that after receiving the first message, further comprising:
    查询所述车辆的行驶状态;Query the driving status of the vehicle;
    所述基于所述第一消息将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式,包括:Switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode based on the first message includes:
    在所述车辆处于停止状态的情况下,基于所述第一消息将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式。When the vehicle is in a stopped state, the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode based on the first message.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一消息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that after receiving the first message, it further includes:
    查询当前登录所述车辆的用户系统的用户的身份信息;Query the identity information of the user currently logged into the user system of the vehicle;
    所述将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式,包括:Switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode includes:
    在所述用户的身份信息为第一用户的身份信息的情况下,将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户。In the case where the user's identity information is the identity information of a first user, the mode of the vehicle is switched to the first mode, and the first user is a user with no access restrictions to the vehicle.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21-23, characterized in that the method further includes:
    接收登录信息,所述登录信息包括第二用户的身份信息,所述第二用户为第一用户授权登录所述车辆的用户系统的用户,所述第一用户为对所述车辆无访问限制的用户;Receive login information. The login information includes the identity information of a second user. The second user is a user authorized by the first user to log in to the user system of the vehicle. The first user has no access restrictions to the vehicle. user;
    为所述第二用户提供第二模式的功能使用权限,所述第二模式为所述车辆的多个数据保 护模式中的一种模式。Provide the second user with function usage rights in a second mode, where the second mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle.
  25. 一种车辆访问权限控制装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A vehicle access authority control device, characterized in that the device includes:
    确定单元,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,所述第一模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,所述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,所述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问所述车辆的数据;a determining unit configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information, the first mode being one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle, the plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle including at least two Modes provided by different vehicle users, the plurality of data protection modes are used to restrict access to the vehicle's data;
    切换单元,用于将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式。A switching unit is used to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode.
  26. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括:A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device includes:
    确定单元,用于基于第一指示信息确定第一模式,所述第一模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一种模式,所述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,所述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问所述车辆的数据;a determining unit configured to determine a first mode based on the first indication information, the first mode being one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle, the plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle including at least two Modes provided by different vehicle users, the plurality of data protection modes are used to restrict access to the vehicle's data;
    发送单元,用于向所述车辆发送第一消息;所述第一消息指示将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式;A sending unit configured to send a first message to the vehicle; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
    接收单元,用于接收第一响应消息;所述第一响应消息指示所述车辆的模式已切换为所述第一模式。A receiving unit configured to receive a first response message; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  27. 一种车辆访问权限控制装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A vehicle access authority control device, characterized in that the device includes:
    接收单元,用于接收第一消息;所述第一消息指示将车辆的模式切换为第一模式;所述第一模式为所述车辆的多个数据保护模式中的一个模式;所述车辆的多个数据保护模式包括针对至少两种不同的车辆使用者提供的模式,所述多个数据保护模式用于限制访问所述车辆的数据;A receiving unit, configured to receive a first message; the first message indicates switching the mode of the vehicle to a first mode; the first mode is one of a plurality of data protection modes of the vehicle; A plurality of data protection modes including modes provided for at least two different vehicle users, the plurality of data protection modes being used to restrict access to data of the vehicle;
    切换单元,用于将所述车辆的模式切换为所述第一模式;A switching unit configured to switch the mode of the vehicle to the first mode;
    发送单元,用于发送第一响应消息;所述第一响应消息指示所述车辆的模式已切换为所述第一模式。A sending unit, configured to send a first response message; the first response message indicates that the mode of the vehicle has been switched to the first mode.
  28. 一种车辆访问权限控制装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器和存储器,其中,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述装置执行如权利要求21-24任一项所述的方法。A vehicle access authority control device, characterized in that the device includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the The device performs the method according to any one of claims 1-13; or, the device is caused to perform the method according to any one of claims 21-24.
  29. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括处理器和存储器,其中,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得所述终端设备执行如权利要求14-20任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device Carry out the method as claimed in any one of claims 14-20.
  30. 一种车辆,其特征在于,所述车辆包括权利要求25、27或28任一项所述的车辆访问权限控制装置。A vehicle, characterized in that the vehicle includes the vehicle access authority control device according to any one of claims 25, 27 or 28.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行以实现权利要求1至13任意一项所述的方法;A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the method described in any one of claims 1 to 13;
    或者,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行以实现权利要求14至20任意一项所述的方法;Alternatively, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the method described in any one of claims 14 to 20;
    或者,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行以实现权利要求21至24任意一项所述的方法。Alternatively, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is executed by a processor to implement the method described in any one of claims 21 to 24.
PCT/CN2022/093396 2022-05-17 2022-05-17 Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus WO2023220935A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/093396 WO2023220935A1 (en) 2022-05-17 2022-05-17 Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/093396 WO2023220935A1 (en) 2022-05-17 2022-05-17 Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023220935A1 true WO2023220935A1 (en) 2023-11-23

Family

ID=88834414

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/093396 WO2023220935A1 (en) 2022-05-17 2022-05-17 Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023220935A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102959589A (en) * 2010-07-01 2013-03-06 宝马股份公司 Method for processing data in one or more control devices of vehicle, particularly of motor vehicle
CN108416196A (en) * 2018-03-05 2018-08-17 北京车和家信息技术有限公司 vehicle control management method and device
CN109102593A (en) * 2017-12-15 2018-12-28 蔚来汽车有限公司 Method and apparatus for managing vehicle control permission
CN109598858A (en) * 2017-09-30 2019-04-09 比亚迪股份有限公司 Vehicle leasing method, device, storage medium, electronic equipment and vehicle
CN112308247A (en) * 2020-10-29 2021-02-02 广州汽车集团股份有限公司 Vehicle maintenance method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN113873523A (en) * 2020-06-15 2021-12-31 广州汽车集团股份有限公司 Method and device for removing vehicle binding relationship and related equipment
CN114254334A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method, device, equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102959589A (en) * 2010-07-01 2013-03-06 宝马股份公司 Method for processing data in one or more control devices of vehicle, particularly of motor vehicle
CN109598858A (en) * 2017-09-30 2019-04-09 比亚迪股份有限公司 Vehicle leasing method, device, storage medium, electronic equipment and vehicle
CN109102593A (en) * 2017-12-15 2018-12-28 蔚来汽车有限公司 Method and apparatus for managing vehicle control permission
CN108416196A (en) * 2018-03-05 2018-08-17 北京车和家信息技术有限公司 vehicle control management method and device
CN113873523A (en) * 2020-06-15 2021-12-31 广州汽车集团股份有限公司 Method and device for removing vehicle binding relationship and related equipment
CN114254334A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN112308247A (en) * 2020-10-29 2021-02-02 广州汽车集团股份有限公司 Vehicle maintenance method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110807178B (en) Vehicle authorization management method and device, terminal and server
US11192522B2 (en) Method and device for sharing functions of smart key
EP3188414B1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling smart device
EP3068155B1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for binding with device
EP3210436B1 (en) Device lock while in motion
RU2611968C1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for access authentication
US11285915B2 (en) Method and system for using a wireless mobile device as a smart key
JP6627661B2 (en) Locking / unlocking system, mobile terminal, program, locking / unlocking method
CN104933351B (en) The treating method and apparatus of information security
KR20150046766A (en) Unlocking process mehtod, apparatus and device for terminal
CN104503688A (en) Intelligent hardware device control achieving method and device
CN105873106A (en) Processing method and device for wireless network connection and equipment
EP3178209A1 (en) Device access controls
CN104063654B (en) The monitoring method and device of application program
US10402212B2 (en) Method and system for making available an assistance suggestion for a user of a motor vehicle
CN110941821A (en) Data processing method, device and storage medium
EP3226128B1 (en) Method and device for online payment
CN104158665A (en) Method and device of verification
US20200353893A1 (en) Secure temporary access for portions of remotely operable vehicles
JPWO2019043954A1 (en) Vehicle control system
WO2023220935A1 (en) Vehicle access right control method and related apparatus
CN106250724A (en) A kind of application control method, device and mobile device
KR20200022590A (en) Smart Access system Vehicle using IoT for disabled
CN109815678A (en) A kind of authority configuring method and mobile terminal
CN104243476A (en) Account protection method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22941977

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1